Rpm internal gettext was already removed, but there was another copy in popt...
Fiddle with auto*foo to quieten various warnings and actually pass
make distcheck.
LINT = splint
EXTRA_DIST = autogen.sh CHANGES $(man_MANS) popt.spec \
- testit.sh test-poptrc test3-data/0* \
- po/*.in po/*.po po/popt.pot \
+ testit.sh test-poptrc test3-data \
popt.ps
-SUBDIRS = intl po
+SUBDIRS = po
INCLUDES = -I. -I$(top_srcdir)
AC_INIT(popt.h)
AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM
AC_PREREQ(2.12)
-AC_CONFIG_HEADERS
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(popt, 1.10.2)
-AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
ALL_LINGUAS="cs da de es eu_ES fi fr gl hu id is it ja ko no pl pt pt_BR ro ru sk sl sr sv tr uk wa zh zh_CN zh_TW"
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getuid geteuid mtrace __secure_getenv setregid strerror)
-AM_GNU_GETTEXT
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([0.11.2])
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external])
POPT_SOURCE_PATH="`pwd`"
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(POPT_SOURCE_PATH, "$POPT_SOURCE_PATH",
[Full path to popt top_srcdir.])
AC_SUBST(POPT_SOURCE_PATH)
-AC_OUTPUT([Doxyfile Makefile intl/Makefile po/Makefile.in])
+AC_OUTPUT([Doxyfile Makefile po/Makefile.in])
+++ /dev/null
-Makefile
-po2tbl.sed
-charset.alias
-libintl.h
-ref-add.sed
-ref-del.sed
+++ /dev/null
- GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- Version 2, June 1991
-
- Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-[This is the first released version of the library GPL. It is
- numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]
-
- Preamble
-
- The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
-Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
-free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
-
- This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some
-specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any
-other libraries whose authors decide to use it. You can use it for
-your libraries, too.
-
- When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
-if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
-in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
-
- To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if
-you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it.
-
- For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
-or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
-you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
-code. If you link a program with the library, you must provide
-complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them
-with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling
-it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
-
- Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright
-the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal
-permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
-
- Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-library. If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original
-version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on
-the original authors' reputations.
-\f
- Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents. We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free
-software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect
-transforming the program into proprietary software. To prevent this,
-we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's
-free use or not licensed at all.
-
- Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary
-GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs. This
-license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain
-designated libraries. This license is quite different from the ordinary
-one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is
-the same as in the ordinary license.
-
- The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that
-they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a
-program and simply using it. Linking a program with a library, without
-changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is
-analogous to running a utility program or application program. However, in
-a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a
-derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License
-treats it as such.
-
- Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General
-Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software
-sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries. We
-concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better.
-
- However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the
-users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the
-libraries themselves. This Library General Public License is intended to
-permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while
-preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free
-libraries that are incorporated in them. (We have not seen how to achieve
-this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards
-changes in the actual functions of the Library.) The hope is that this
-will lead to faster development of free libraries.
-
- The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
-"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
-former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only
-works together with the library.
-
- Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary
-General Public License rather than by this special one.
-\f
- GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
- 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which
-contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized
-party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library
-General Public License (also called "this License"). Each licensee is
-addressed as "you".
-
- A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
-prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
-(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
-
- The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
-which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
-Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
-copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
-portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
-straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
-included without limitation in the term "modification".)
-
- "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
-all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
-interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
-and installation of the library.
-
- Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
-running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
-such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
-on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
-writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
-and what the program that uses the Library does.
-
- 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
-complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
-you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
-appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
-all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
-warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
-Library.
-
- You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
-and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
-fee.
-\f
- 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
- a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
-
- b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
- stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
- c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
- charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
-
- d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
- table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
- the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
- is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
- in the event an application does not supply such function or
- table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
- its purpose remains meaningful.
-
- (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
- a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
- application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
- application-supplied function or table used by this function must
- be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
- root function must still compute square roots.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
-it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Library.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
-with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
- 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
-License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
-this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
-that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
-instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
-ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
-that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
-these notices.
-\f
- Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
-that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
-subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
-
- This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
-the Library into a program that is not a library.
-
- 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
-derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
-under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
-it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
-must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
-medium customarily used for software interchange.
-
- If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
-from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
-source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
-distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
- 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
-Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
-linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
-work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
-therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
-
- However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
-creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
-contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
-library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
-Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
-
- When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
-that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
-derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
-Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
-linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
-threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
-
- If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
-structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
-functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
-file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
-work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
-Library will still fall under Section 6.)
-
- Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
-distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
-Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
-whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
-\f
- 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or
-link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
-work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
-under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
-modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
-engineering for debugging such modifications.
-
- You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
-Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
-this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
-during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
-copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
-directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
-of these things:
-
- a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
- machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
- changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
- Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
- with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
- uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
- user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
- executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
- that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
- Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
- to use the modified definitions.)
-
- b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
- least three years, to give the same user the materials
- specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
- than the cost of performing this distribution.
-
- c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
- from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
- specified materials from the same place.
-
- d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
- materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
-
- For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
-Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
-reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
-the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally
-distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
-components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
-which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
-the executable.
-
- It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
-restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
-accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
-use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
-distribute.
-\f
- 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
-Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
-facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
-library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
-the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
-permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
-
- a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
- based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
- facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
- Sections above.
-
- b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
- that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
- where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
-
- 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
-the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
-attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
-distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
-rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
-or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
-terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
-
- 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
-Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Library or works based on it.
-
- 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
-Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
-subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
-this License.
-\f
- 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
-particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
-and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system which is
-implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
- 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
-an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
-so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
-excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
-written in the body of this License.
-
- 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
-versions of the Library General Public License from time to time.
-Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
-but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
-"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
-conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
-the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
-license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
-the Free Software Foundation.
-\f
- 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
-write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
-copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
-Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
-decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
-of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
-and reuse of software generally.
-
- NO WARRANTY
-
- 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
-WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
-EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
-OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
-KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
-LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
-THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
- 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
-WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
-AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
-FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
-LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
-RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
-FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
-SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGES.
-
- END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-\f
- Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
-
- If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
-everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
-redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
-ordinary General Public License).
-
- To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
-safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
-"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
- <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
- Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
- Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston,
- MA 02111-1307, USA
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
-necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
- Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
- library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
-
- <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
- Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-That's all there is to it!
+++ /dev/null
-
- GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- Version 2.1, February 1999
-
- Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
- as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
- the version number 2.1.]
-
- Preamble
-
- The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
-Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
-free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
-
- This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
-specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
-Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
-can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
-this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
-strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations
-below.
-
- When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
-not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
-you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
-for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
-it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
-it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
-these things.
-
- To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
-rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
-you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
-
- For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
-or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
-you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
-code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
-complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
-with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
-it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
-
- We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
-library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
-permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
-
- To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
-there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
-modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
-that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
-author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
-introduced by others.
-^L
- Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
-any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
-effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
-restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
-any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
-consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
-
- Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
-ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
-General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
-is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
-this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
-libraries into non-free programs.
-
- When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
-a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
-combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
-General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
-entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
-Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
-the library.
-
- We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
-does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
-Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
-of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
-are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
-libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
-special circumstances.
-
- For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
-encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it
-becomes
-a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
-allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
-library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
-case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
-software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
-
- In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
-programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
-free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
-non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
-operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
-system.
-
- Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
-users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
-linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
-that program using a modified version of the Library.
-
- The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
-"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
-former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
-be combined with the library in order to run.
-^L
- GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
- 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
-program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
-other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
-this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
-Each licensee is addressed as "you".
-
- A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
-prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
-(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
-
- The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
-which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
-Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
-copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
-portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
-straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
-included without limitation in the term "modification".)
-
- "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
-all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
-interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control
-compilation
-and installation of the library.
-
- Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
-running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
-such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
-on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
-writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
-and what the program that uses the Library does.
-
- 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
-complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
-you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
-appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
-all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
-warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
-Library.
-
- You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
-and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
-fee.
-\f
- 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
- a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
-
- b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
- stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
- c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
- charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
-
- d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
- table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
- the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
- is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
- in the event an application does not supply such function or
- table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
- its purpose remains meaningful.
-
- (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
- a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
- application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
- application-supplied function or table used by this function must
- be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
- root function must still compute square roots.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
-it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Library.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
-with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
- 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
-License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
-this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
-that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
-instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
-ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
-that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
-these notices.
-^L
- Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
-that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
-subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
-
- This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
-the Library into a program that is not a library.
-
- 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
-derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
-under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
-it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
-must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
-medium customarily used for software interchange.
-
- If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
-from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
-source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
-distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
- 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
-Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
-linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
-work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
-therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
-
- However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
-creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
-contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
-library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
-Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
-
- When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
-that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
-derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
-Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
-linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
-threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
-
- If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
-structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
-functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
-file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
-work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
-Library will still fall under Section 6.)
-
- Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
-distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
-Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
-whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
-^L
- 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
-link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
-work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
-under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
-modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
-engineering for debugging such modifications.
-
- You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
-Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
-this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
-during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
-copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
-directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
-of these things:
-
- a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
- machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
- changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
- Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
- with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
- uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
- user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
- executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
- that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
- Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
- to use the modified definitions.)
-
- b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
- Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
- copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
- rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
- will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
- the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
- interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
-
- c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
- least three years, to give the same user the materials
- specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
- than the cost of performing this distribution.
-
- d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
- from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
- specified materials from the same place.
-
- e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
- materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
-
- For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
-Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
-reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
-the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
-normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
-components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
-which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
-the executable.
-
- It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
-restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
-accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
-use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
-distribute.
-^L
- 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
-Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
-facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
-library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
-the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
-permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
-
- a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
- based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
- facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
- Sections above.
-
- b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
- that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
- where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
-
- 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
-the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
-attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
-distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
-rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
-or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
-terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
-
- 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
-Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Library or works based on it.
-
- 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
-Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
-subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
-this License.
-^L
- 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
-any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
-apply, and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
-circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system which is
-implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
- 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Library under this License
-may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those
-countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
-countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
-the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
-
- 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
-versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
-Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
-but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
-"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
-conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
-the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
-license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
-the Free Software Foundation.
-^L
- 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
-write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
-copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
-Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
-decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
-of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
-and reuse of software generally.
-
- NO WARRANTY
-
- 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
-WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
-EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
-OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
-KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
-LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
-THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
- 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
-WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
-AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
-FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
-LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
-RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
-FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
-SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGES.
-
- END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-^L
- How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
-
- If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
-everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
-redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms
-of the ordinary General Public License).
-
- To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library.
-It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most
-effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should
-have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full
-notice is found.
-
-
- <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it
-does.>
- Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
-
- This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
- This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Lesser General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
- License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper
-mail.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or
-your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
-necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
- Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
- library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James
-Random Hacker.
-
- <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
- Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-That's all there is to it!
-
-
+++ /dev/null
-2002-04-24 GNU <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
-
- * Version 0.11.2 released.
-
+++ /dev/null
-# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities.
-# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-# USA.
-
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-top_builddir = ..
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-
-prefix = @prefix@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-transform = @program_transform_name@
-libdir = @libdir@
-includedir = @includedir@
-datadir = @datadir@
-localedir = $(datadir)/locale
-gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl
-aliaspath = $(localedir)
-subdir = intl
-
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
-mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac`
-
-l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
-
-AR = ar
-CC = @CC@
-LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d
-YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
-
-DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \
--DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DIN_LIBINTL @DEFS@
-CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
-
-COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
-
-HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgnuintl.h loadinfo.h
-COMHDRS = gmo.h gettextP.h hash-string.h plural-exp.h eval-plural.h os2compat.h
-SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c
-COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \
-finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \
-explodename.c dcigettext.c dcngettext.c dngettext.c ngettext.c plural.y \
-plural-exp.c localcharset.c localename.c osdep.c os2compat.c
-OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \
-finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \
-explodename.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dngettext.$lo ngettext.$lo \
-plural.$lo plural-exp.$lo localcharset.$lo localename.$lo osdep.$lo
-GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo
-DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \
-config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-DISTFILES.generated = plural.c
-DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
-DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc
-DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c \
-COPYING.LIB-2 gettext.h libgettext.h plural-eval.c
-
-# Libtool's library version information for libintl.
-# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
-# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
-# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
-# change these values.
-LTV_CURRENT=2
-LTV_REVISION=1
-LTV_AGE=0
-
-.SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
-.c.o:
- $(COMPILE) $<
-.c.lo:
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $<
-
-.y.c:
- $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
- rm -f $*.h
-
-.sin.sed:
- sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $< > t-$@
- mv t-$@ $@
-
-INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
-
-all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
-all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
-all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
-all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la
-all-no-no:
-
-libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
- rm -f $@
- $(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
- $(RANLIB) $@
-
-libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \
- $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
- $(OBJECTS) @LTLIBICONV@ -lc \
- -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
- -rpath $(libdir) \
- -no-undefined
-
-libintl.h: libgnuintl.h
- cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h libintl.h
-
-charset.alias: config.charset
- $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
- mv t-$@ $@
-
-check: all
-
-# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext. Packages which
-# only use the library should use install instead.
-
-# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
-# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a
-# separate library.
-# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
-# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
-install: install-exec install-data
-install-exec: all
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
- && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
- $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
- if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
- test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
- temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
- dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
- if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
- orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
- sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
- rm -f $$temp; \
- else \
- if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \
- orig=charset.alias; \
- sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
- rm -f $$temp; \
- fi; \
- fi; \
- $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
- test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
- && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
- || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \
- temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
- dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
- sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
- rm -f $$temp; \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
-install-data: all
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
- $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \
- dists="COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \
- for file in $$dists; do \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
- $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
- done; \
- chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \
- dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \
- for file in $$dists; do \
- if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \
- $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
- done; \
- dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \
- for file in $$dists; do \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
- done; \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
-
-install-strip: install
-
-installdirs:
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
- && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
- $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
- if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
- test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
- $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
- $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
-
-# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
-installcheck:
-
-uninstall:
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
- && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
- if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
- if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
- temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
- dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
- sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
- if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
- rm -f $$dest; \
- else \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
- fi; \
- rm -f $$temp; \
- fi; \
- if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \
- temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
- dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
- sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
- if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
- rm -f $$dest; \
- else \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
- fi; \
- rm -f $$temp; \
- fi; \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
- for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
- done; \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
-
-info dvi:
-
-$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h
-bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dgettext.$lo dngettext.$lo finddomain.$lo gettext.$lo intl-compat.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo ngettext.$lo textdomain.$lo: gettextP.h gmo.h loadinfo.h
-dcigettext.$lo: hash-string.h
-explodename.$lo l10nflist.$lo: loadinfo.h
-dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo plural.$lo plural-exp.$lo: plural-exp.h
-dcigettext.$lo: eval-plural.h
-
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
- here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-
-id: ID
-
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
- here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-
-
-mostlyclean:
- rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.lo core core.*
- rm -f libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
- rm -f -r .libs _libs
-
-clean: mostlyclean
-
-distclean: clean
- rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
- rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
-
-maintainer-clean: distclean
- @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
- @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
-
-
-# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
-# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
-distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
-dist distdir: Makefile
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
- additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
- else \
- additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
- fi; \
- $(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
- for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
- if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
- cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
- done
-
-Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
- cd .. \
- && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
-
-# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
-# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
-.NOEXPORT:
+++ /dev/null
-GNU gettext library from gettext-0.11.2
+++ /dev/null
-/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
- Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
-# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
-#else
-/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
-# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
-#endif
-
-/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
- names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
- using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
-#if !defined _LIBC
-# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
-# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
-#endif
-
-/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
-#ifndef offsetof
-# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
-extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
-
-/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
-extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
-
-/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
-__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
-
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
-# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
-# ifndef strdup
-# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
-# endif
-#else
-# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__
-# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET bind_textdomain_codeset__
-#endif
-
-/* Prototypes for local functions. */
-static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
- const char **dirnamep,
- const char **codesetp));
-
-/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
- to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
- If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
- modified, only the current value is returned.
- If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
- modified nor returned. */
-static void
-set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
- const char *domainname;
- const char **dirnamep;
- const char **codesetp;
-{
- struct binding *binding;
- int modified;
-
- /* Some sanity checks. */
- if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
- {
- if (dirnamep)
- *dirnamep = NULL;
- if (codesetp)
- *codesetp = NULL;
- return;
- }
-
- __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
-
- modified = 0;
-
- for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
- {
- int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
- if (compare == 0)
- /* We found it! */
- break;
- if (compare < 0)
- {
- /* It is not in the list. */
- binding = NULL;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (binding != NULL)
- {
- if (dirnamep)
- {
- const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
-
- if (dirname == NULL)
- /* The current binding has be to returned. */
- *dirnamep = binding->dirname;
- else
- {
- /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
- one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
- old binding. */
- char *result = binding->dirname;
- if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
- {
- if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
- result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
- else
- {
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
- result = strdup (dirname);
-#else
- size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
- result = (char *) malloc (len);
- if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
- memcpy (result, dirname, len);
-#endif
- }
-
- if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
- {
- if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
- free (binding->dirname);
-
- binding->dirname = result;
- modified = 1;
- }
- }
- *dirnamep = result;
- }
- }
-
- if (codesetp)
- {
- const char *codeset = *codesetp;
-
- if (codeset == NULL)
- /* The current binding has be to returned. */
- *codesetp = binding->codeset;
- else
- {
- /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
- one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
- old binding. */
- char *result = binding->codeset;
- if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
- {
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
- result = strdup (codeset);
-#else
- size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
- result = (char *) malloc (len);
- if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
- memcpy (result, codeset, len);
-#endif
-
- if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
- {
- if (binding->codeset != NULL)
- free (binding->codeset);
-
- binding->codeset = result;
- binding->codeset_cntr++;
- modified = 1;
- }
- }
- *codesetp = result;
- }
- }
- }
- else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
- && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
- {
- /* Simply return the default values. */
- if (dirnamep)
- *dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname;
- if (codesetp)
- *codesetp = NULL;
- }
- else
- {
- /* We have to create a new binding. */
- size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
- struct binding *new_binding =
- (struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
-
- if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
- goto failed;
-
- memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
-
- if (dirnamep)
- {
- const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
-
- if (dirname == NULL)
- /* The default value. */
- dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
- else
- {
- if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
- dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
- else
- {
- char *result;
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
- result = strdup (dirname);
- if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
- goto failed_dirname;
-#else
- size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
- result = (char *) malloc (len);
- if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
- goto failed_dirname;
- memcpy (result, dirname, len);
-#endif
- dirname = result;
- }
- }
- *dirnamep = dirname;
- new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
- }
- else
- /* The default value. */
- new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
-
- new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0;
-
- if (codesetp)
- {
- const char *codeset = *codesetp;
-
- if (codeset != NULL)
- {
- char *result;
-
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
- result = strdup (codeset);
- if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
- goto failed_codeset;
-#else
- size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
- result = (char *) malloc (len);
- if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
- goto failed_codeset;
- memcpy (result, codeset, len);
-#endif
- codeset = result;
- new_binding->codeset_cntr++;
- }
- *codesetp = codeset;
- new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
- }
- else
- new_binding->codeset = NULL;
-
- /* Now enqueue it. */
- if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
- || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
- {
- new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
- _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
- }
- else
- {
- binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
- while (binding->next != NULL
- && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
- binding = binding->next;
-
- new_binding->next = binding->next;
- binding->next = new_binding;
- }
-
- modified = 1;
-
- /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */
- if (0)
- {
- failed_codeset:
- if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
- free (new_binding->dirname);
- failed_dirname:
- free (new_binding);
- failed:
- if (dirnamep)
- *dirnamep = NULL;
- if (codesetp)
- *codesetp = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */
- if (modified)
- ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
- __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
-}
-
-/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
- in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
-char *
-BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *dirname;
-{
- set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
- return (char *) dirname;
-}
-
-/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
- DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
-char *
-BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *codeset;
-{
- set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
- return (char *) codeset;
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */
-weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
-weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-#! /bin/sh
-# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-# USA.
-#
-# The table consists of lines of the form
-# ALIAS CANONICAL
-#
-# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
-# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
-#
-# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
-# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
-# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
-# MIME charset name is preferred.
-# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
-#
-# name used by which systems a MIME name?
-# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd
-# ISO-8859-1 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
-# ISO-8859-2 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
-# ISO-8859-3 glibc yes
-# ISO-8859-4 osf solaris freebsd yes
-# ISO-8859-5 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
-# ISO-8859-6 glibc aix hpux solaris yes
-# ISO-8859-7 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
-# ISO-8859-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
-# ISO-8859-9 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
-# ISO-8859-13 glibc
-# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
-# KOI8-R glibc solaris freebsd yes
-# KOI8-U glibc freebsd yes
-# CP437 dos
-# CP775 dos
-# CP850 aix osf dos
-# CP852 dos
-# CP855 dos
-# CP856 aix
-# CP857 dos
-# CP861 dos
-# CP862 dos
-# CP864 dos
-# CP865 dos
-# CP866 freebsd dos
-# CP869 dos
-# CP874 win32 dos
-# CP922 aix
-# CP932 aix win32 dos
-# CP943 aix
-# CP949 osf win32 dos
-# CP950 win32 dos
-# CP1046 aix
-# CP1124 aix
-# CP1129 aix
-# CP1250 win32
-# CP1251 glibc win32
-# CP1252 aix win32
-# CP1253 win32
-# CP1254 win32
-# CP1255 win32
-# CP1256 win32
-# CP1257 win32
-# GB2312 glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd yes
-# EUC-JP glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
-# EUC-KR glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
-# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
-# BIG5 glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd yes
-# BIG5-HKSCS glibc
-# GBK aix osf win32 dos
-# GB18030 glibc
-# SHIFT_JIS hpux osf solaris freebsd yes
-# JOHAB glibc win32
-# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris
-# VISCII glibc yes
-# HP-ROMAN8 hpux
-# HP-ARABIC8 hpux
-# HP-GREEK8 hpux
-# HP-HEBREW8 hpux
-# HP-TURKISH8 hpux
-# HP-KANA8 hpux
-# DEC-KANJI osf
-# DEC-HANYU osf
-# UTF-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
-#
-# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
-# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
-#
-# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
-# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
-#
-# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
-# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-# or
-# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-
-host="$1"
-os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
-echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
-echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
-echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
-# List of references, updated during installation:
-echo "# Packages using this file: "
-case "$os" in
- linux* | *-gnu*)
- # With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
- # because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
- # GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
- # need to install the alias file at all.
- # The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
- echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
- ;;
- aix*)
- echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
- echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
- echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
- echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
- echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
- echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
- echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
- echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
- echo "IBM-850 CP850"
- echo "IBM-856 CP856"
- echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
- echo "IBM-922 CP922"
- echo "IBM-932 CP932"
- echo "IBM-943 CP943"
- echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
- echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
- echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
- echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
- echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
- echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
- echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
- echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
- echo "big5 BIG5"
- echo "GBK GBK"
- echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
- echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
- ;;
- hpux*)
- echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
- echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
- echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
- echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
- echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
- echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
- echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
- echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
- echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
- echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
- echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
- echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
- echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
- echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
- echo "tis620 TIS-620"
- echo "big5 BIG5"
- echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
- echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
- echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
- echo "hp15CN GB2312"
- #echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
- echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
- echo "utf8 UTF-8"
- ;;
- irix*)
- echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
- echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
- echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
- echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
- echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
- echo "eucCN GB2312"
- echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
- echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
- echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
- ;;
- osf*)
- echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
- echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
- echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
- echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
- echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
- echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
- echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
- echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
- echo "cp850 CP850"
- echo "big5 BIG5"
- echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
- echo "dechanzi GB2312"
- echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
- echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
- echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
- echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
- echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
- echo "GBK GBK"
- echo "KSC5601 CP949"
- echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
- echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
- echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
- echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
- ;;
- solaris*)
- echo "646 ASCII"
- echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
- echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
- echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
- echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
- echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
- echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
- echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
- echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
- echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
- echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
- echo "BIG5 BIG5"
- echo "gb2312 GB2312"
- echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
- echo "5601 EUC-KR"
- echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
- echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
- echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
- #echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
- echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
- ;;
- freebsd* | os2*)
- # FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
- # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
- # from the environment variables.
- # Likewise for OS/2. OS/2 has XFree86 just like FreeBSD. Just
- # reuse FreeBSD's locale data for OS/2.
- echo "C ASCII"
- echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
- for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
- echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
- done
- for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
- fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
- lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
- echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
- echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
- done
- for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
- echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
- done
- for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
- echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
- done
- for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
- echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
- echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
- echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
- done
- echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
- echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
- echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
- echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
- echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
- echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
- echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
- echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
- ;;
- netbsd*)
- echo "646 ASCII"
- echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
- echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
- echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
- echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
- echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
- echo "eucCN GB2312"
- echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
- echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
- echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
- echo "BIG5 BIG5"
- echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
- ;;
- beos*)
- # BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
- echo "* UTF-8"
- ;;
- msdosdjgpp*)
- # DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
- # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
- # from the environment variables.
- echo "#"
- echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
- echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
- echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
- echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
- echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>"
- echo "# and Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>."
- echo "#"
- echo "C ASCII"
- # ISO-8859-1 languages
- echo "ca CP850"
- echo "ca_ES CP850"
- echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "de CP850"
- echo "de_AT CP850"
- echo "de_CH CP850"
- echo "de_DE CP850"
- echo "en CP850"
- echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
- echo "en_CA CP850"
- echo "en_GB CP850"
- echo "en_NZ CP437"
- echo "en_US CP437"
- echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
- echo "es CP850"
- echo "es_AR CP850"
- echo "es_BO CP850"
- echo "es_CL CP850"
- echo "es_CO CP850"
- echo "es_CR CP850"
- echo "es_CU CP850"
- echo "es_DO CP850"
- echo "es_EC CP850"
- echo "es_ES CP850"
- echo "es_GT CP850"
- echo "es_HN CP850"
- echo "es_MX CP850"
- echo "es_NI CP850"
- echo "es_PA CP850"
- echo "es_PY CP850"
- echo "es_PE CP850"
- echo "es_SV CP850"
- echo "es_UY CP850"
- echo "es_VE CP850"
- echo "et CP850"
- echo "et_EE CP850"
- echo "eu CP850"
- echo "eu_ES CP850"
- echo "fi CP850"
- echo "fi_FI CP850"
- echo "fr CP850"
- echo "fr_BE CP850"
- echo "fr_CA CP850"
- echo "fr_CH CP850"
- echo "fr_FR CP850"
- echo "ga CP850"
- echo "ga_IE CP850"
- echo "gd CP850"
- echo "gd_GB CP850"
- echo "gl CP850"
- echo "gl_ES CP850"
- echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ??
- echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
- echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ??
- echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
- echo "it CP850"
- echo "it_CH CP850"
- echo "it_IT CP850"
- echo "lt CP775"
- echo "lt_LT CP775"
- echo "lv CP775"
- echo "lv_LV CP775"
- echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "nl CP850"
- echo "nl_BE CP850"
- echo "nl_NL CP850"
- echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "pt CP850"
- echo "pt_BR CP850"
- echo "pt_PT CP850"
- echo "sv CP850"
- echo "sv_SE CP850"
- # ISO-8859-2 languages
- echo "cs CP852"
- echo "cs_CZ CP852"
- echo "hr CP852"
- echo "hr_HR CP852"
- echo "hu CP852"
- echo "hu_HU CP852"
- echo "pl CP852"
- echo "pl_PL CP852"
- echo "ro CP852"
- echo "ro_RO CP852"
- echo "sk CP852"
- echo "sk_SK CP852"
- echo "sl CP852"
- echo "sl_SI CP852"
- echo "sq CP852"
- echo "sq_AL CP852"
- echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
- echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
- # ISO-8859-3 languages
- echo "mt CP850"
- echo "mt_MT CP850"
- # ISO-8859-5 languages
- echo "be CP866"
- echo "be_BE CP866"
- echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ??
- echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
- echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ??
- echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
- echo "ru CP866"
- echo "ru_RU CP866"
- # ISO-8859-6 languages
- echo "ar CP864"
- echo "ar_AE CP864"
- echo "ar_DZ CP864"
- echo "ar_EG CP864"
- echo "ar_IQ CP864"
- echo "ar_IR CP864"
- echo "ar_JO CP864"
- echo "ar_KW CP864"
- echo "ar_MA CP864"
- echo "ar_OM CP864"
- echo "ar_QA CP864"
- echo "ar_SA CP864"
- echo "ar_SY CP864"
- # ISO-8859-7 languages
- echo "el CP869"
- echo "el_GR CP869"
- # ISO-8859-8 languages
- echo "he CP862"
- echo "he_IL CP862"
- # ISO-8859-9 languages
- echo "tr CP857"
- echo "tr_TR CP857"
- # Japanese
- echo "ja CP932"
- echo "ja_JP CP932"
- # Chinese
- echo "zh_CN GBK"
- echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
- # Korean
- echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ??
- echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
- # Thai
- echo "th CP874"
- echo "th_TH CP874"
- # Other
- echo "eo CP850"
- echo "eo_EO CP850"
- ;;
-esac
+++ /dev/null
-/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
-# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
-#else
-# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
-# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
- locale. */
-char *
-DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid;
- int category;
-{
- return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
-INTDEF(__dcgettext)
-weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
- This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
- <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define alloca __builtin_alloca
-# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
-#else
-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <alloca.h>
-# else
-# ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
-# else
-# ifndef alloca
-char *alloca ();
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-#ifndef __set_errno
-# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
-#endif
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <sys/param.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#include "plural-exp.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-#include "hash-string.h"
-
-/* Thread safetyness. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
-#else
-/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
-# define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
-# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME)
-# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
-#endif
-
-/* Alignment of types. */
-#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2
-# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE)
-#else
-# define alignof(TYPE) \
- ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2)
-#endif
-
-/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
- names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
- using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
-#if !defined _LIBC
-# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
-# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
-# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
-# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
-#endif
-
-/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
-#ifndef offsetof
-# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
- because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
- file and the name space must not be polluted. */
-# define getcwd __getcwd
-# ifndef stpcpy
-# define stpcpy __stpcpy
-# endif
-# define tfind __tfind
-#else
-# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD
-char *getwd ();
-# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
-# else
-char *getcwd ();
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY
-static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n));
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */
-#define PATH_INCR 32
-
-/* The following is from pathmax.h. */
-/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define
- PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is
- later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */
-#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__)
-# include <limits.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
-# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
-#endif
-
-#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX
-# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX))
-#endif
-
-/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */
-#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN
-# include <sys/param.h>
-#endif
-
-#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN
-# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PATH_MAX
-# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
-#endif
-
-/* Pathname support.
- ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
- IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not,
- it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
- IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification.
- */
-#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
- /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
-# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
- ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
- && (P)[1] == ':')
-# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
-# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
- (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
-#else
- /* Unix */
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
-# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
-# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
-#endif
-
-/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations
- are stored. */
-struct known_translation_t
-{
- /* Domain in which to search. */
- char *domainname;
-
- /* The category. */
- int category;
-
- /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found. */
- int counter;
-
- /* Catalog where the string was found. */
- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
-
- /* And finally the translation. */
- const char *translation;
- size_t translation_length;
-
- /* Pointer to the string in question. */
- char msgid[ZERO];
-};
-
-/* Root of the search tree with known translations. We can use this
- only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family. */
-#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
-# include <search.h>
-
-static void *root;
-
-# ifdef _LIBC
-# define tsearch __tsearch
-# endif
-
-/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */
-static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2));
-static int
-transcmp (p1, p2)
- const void *p1;
- const void *p2;
-{
- const struct known_translation_t *s1;
- const struct known_translation_t *s2;
- int result;
-
- s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1;
- s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2;
-
- result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid);
- if (result == 0)
- {
- result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname);
- if (result == 0)
- /* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest
- operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely
- LC_MESSAGES). */
- result = s1->category - s2->category;
- }
-
- return result;
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
- textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */
-const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden = "messages";
-
-/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */
-const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden
- = _nl_default_default_domain;
-
-/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
-#if defined __EMX__
-extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
-#else
-const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR;
-#endif
-
-/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
- calls. */
-struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
-
-/* Prototypes for local functions. */
-static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain,
- unsigned long int n,
- const char *translation,
- size_t translation_len))
- internal_function;
-static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function;
-static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
- const char *categoryname))
- internal_function;
-
-
-/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
- some additional code emulating it. */
-#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
-/* Nothing has to be done. */
-# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
-# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
-#else
-struct block_list
-{
- void *address;
- struct block_list *next;
-};
-# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \
- do { \
- struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \
- /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \
- the list. */ \
- if (newp != NULL) { \
- newp->address = (addr); \
- newp->next = (list); \
- (list) = newp; \
- } \
- } while (0)
-# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \
- do { \
- while (list != NULL) { \
- struct block_list *old = list; \
- list = list->next; \
- free (old); \
- } \
- } while (0)
-# undef alloca
-# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
-#endif /* have alloca */
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* List of blocks allocated for translations. */
-typedef struct transmem_list
-{
- struct transmem_list *next;
- char data[ZERO];
-} transmem_block_t;
-static struct transmem_list *transmem_list;
-#else
-typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t;
-#endif
-
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
-#else
-# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
-#endif
-
-/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides
- easier methods therefore we make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure
-# define DETERMINE_SECURE
-#else
-# ifndef HAVE_GETUID
-# define getuid() 0
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_GETGID
-# define getgid() 0
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID
-# define geteuid() getuid()
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID
-# define getegid() getgid()
-# endif
-static int enable_secure;
-# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1)
-# define DETERMINE_SECURE \
- if (enable_secure == 0) \
- { \
- if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ()) \
- enable_secure = 1; \
- else \
- enable_secure = -1; \
- }
-#endif
-
-/* Get the function to evaluate the plural expression. */
-#include "eval-plural.h"
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
- CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string
- depending on the plural form determined by N. */
-char *
-DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid1;
- const char *msgid2;
- int plural;
- unsigned long int n;
- int category;
-{
-#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
- struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
-#endif
- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
- struct binding *binding;
- const char *categoryname;
- const char *categoryvalue;
- char *dirname, *xdomainname;
- char *single_locale;
- char *retval;
- size_t retlen;
- int saved_errno;
-#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
- struct known_translation_t *search;
- struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL;
- size_t msgid_len;
-#endif
- size_t domainname_len;
-
- /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */
- if (msgid1 == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock);
-
- /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If
- CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the
- definition left this undefined. */
- if (domainname == NULL)
- domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
-
- /* OS/2 specific: backward compatibility with older libintl versions */
-#ifdef LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT
- if (category == LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT)
- category = LC_MESSAGES;
-#endif
-
-#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
- msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1;
-
- /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at
- some time. */
- search = (struct known_translation_t *)
- alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len);
- memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
- search->domainname = (char *) domainname;
- search->category = category;
-
- foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp);
- if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr)
- {
- /* Now deal with plural. */
- if (plural)
- retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation,
- (*foundp)->translation_length);
- else
- retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation;
-
- __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
- return retval;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Preserve the `errno' value. */
- saved_errno = errno;
-
- /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not. */
- DETERMINE_SECURE;
-
- /* First find matching binding. */
- for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
- {
- int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
- if (compare == 0)
- /* We found it! */
- break;
- if (compare < 0)
- {
- /* It is not in the list. */
- binding = NULL;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (binding == NULL)
- dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
- else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname))
- dirname = binding->dirname;
- else
- {
- /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */
- size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1;
- size_t path_max;
- char *ret;
-
- path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX;
- path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */
-
- for (;;)
- {
- dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
- ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
-
- __set_errno (0);
- ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max);
- if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE)
- break;
-
- path_max += path_max / 2;
- path_max += PATH_INCR;
- }
-
- if (ret == NULL)
- {
- /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an
- error but simply return the default string. */
- FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
- __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
- __set_errno (saved_errno);
- return (plural == 0
- ? (char *) msgid1
- /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
- : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
- }
-
- stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
- }
-
- /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */
- categoryname = category_to_name (category);
- categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname);
-
- domainname_len = strlen (domainname);
- xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname)
- + domainname_len + 5);
- ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname);
-
- stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"),
- domainname, domainname_len),
- ".mo");
-
- /* Creating working area. */
- single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1);
- ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale);
-
-
- /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps
- got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation. */
- while (1)
- {
- /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */
- while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':')
- ++categoryvalue;
- if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0')
- {
- /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but
- no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation
- by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation
- will take place. */
- single_locale[0] = 'C';
- single_locale[1] = '\0';
- }
- else
- {
- char *cp = single_locale;
- while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':')
- *cp++ = *categoryvalue++;
- *cp = '\0';
-
- /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files
- outside the dedicated directories. */
- if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale))
- /* Ingore this entry. */
- continue;
- }
-
- /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a
- domain. Return the MSGID. */
- if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
- || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
- {
- FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
- __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
- __set_errno (saved_errno);
- return (plural == 0
- ? (char *) msgid1
- /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
- : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
- }
-
-
- /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
- DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */
- domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding);
-
- if (domain != NULL)
- {
- retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen);
-
- if (retval == NULL)
- {
- int cnt;
-
- for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
- {
- retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding,
- msgid1, &retlen);
-
- if (retval != NULL)
- {
- domain = domain->successor[cnt];
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (retval != NULL)
- {
- /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN:
- starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */
- FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
- __set_errno (saved_errno);
-#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
- if (foundp == NULL)
- {
- /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree. */
- struct known_translation_t *newp;
-
- newp = (struct known_translation_t *)
- malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid)
- + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1);
- if (newp != NULL)
- {
- newp->domainname =
- mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
- memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1);
- newp->category = category;
- newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
- newp->domain = domain;
- newp->translation = retval;
- newp->translation_length = retlen;
-
- /* Insert the entry in the search tree. */
- foundp = (struct known_translation_t **)
- tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp);
- if (foundp == NULL
- || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0))
- /* The insert failed. */
- free (newp);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- /* We can update the existing entry. */
- (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
- (*foundp)->domain = domain;
- (*foundp)->translation = retval;
- (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen;
- }
-#endif
- /* Now deal with plural. */
- if (plural)
- retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen);
-
- __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
- return retval;
- }
- }
- }
- /* NOTREACHED */
-}
-
-
-char *
-internal_function
-_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp)
- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
- struct binding *domainbinding;
- const char *msgid;
- size_t *lengthp;
-{
- struct loaded_domain *domain;
- size_t act;
- char *result;
- size_t resultlen;
-
- if (domain_file->decided == 0)
- _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding);
-
- if (domain_file->data == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
-
- /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */
- if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL)
- {
- /* Use the hashing table. */
- nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
- nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
- nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
- nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
-
- while (1)
- {
- nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
-
- if (nstr == 0)
- /* Hash table entry is empty. */
- return NULL;
-
- /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr-1.
- We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries
- are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */
- if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) >= len
- && (strcmp (msgid,
- domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
- domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset))
- == 0))
- {
- act = nstr - 1;
- goto found;
- }
-
- if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
- idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
- else
- idx += incr;
- }
- /* NOTREACHED */
- }
- else
- {
- /* Try the default method: binary search in the sorted array of
- messages. */
- size_t top, bottom;
-
- bottom = 0;
- top = domain->nstrings;
- while (bottom < top)
- {
- int cmp_val;
-
- act = (bottom + top) / 2;
- cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data
- + W (domain->must_swap,
- domain->orig_tab[act].offset)));
- if (cmp_val < 0)
- top = act;
- else if (cmp_val > 0)
- bottom = act + 1;
- else
- goto found;
- }
- /* No translation was found. */
- return NULL;
- }
-
- found:
- /* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the
- string to use a different character set, this is the time. */
- result = ((char *) domain->data
- + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset));
- resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1;
-
-#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
- if (domain->codeset_cntr
- != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0))
- {
- /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset()
- since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed. We
- have to reinitialize the converter. */
- _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
- _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
- }
-
- if (
-# ifdef _LIBC
- domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1
-# else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
- domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1
-# endif
-# endif
- )
- {
- /* We are supposed to do a conversion. First allocate an
- appropriate table with the same structure as the table
- of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers
- to the converted strings in.
- There is a slight complication with plural entries. They
- are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings. We
- handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including
- NULs. */
-
- if (domain->conv_tab == NULL
- && ((domain->conv_tab = (char **) calloc (domain->nstrings,
- sizeof (char *)))
- == NULL))
- /* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */
- domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1;
-
- if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0))
- /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. */
- goto converted;
-
- if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL)
- {
- /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not
- translated yet. Do this now. */
- /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling.
- We allocate always larger blocks which get used over
- time. This is faster than many small allocations. */
- __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
-# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE 4080
- static unsigned char *freemem;
- static size_t freemem_size;
-
- const unsigned char *inbuf;
- unsigned char *outbuf;
- int malloc_count;
-# ifndef _LIBC
- transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL;
-# endif
-
- __libc_lock_lock (lock);
-
- inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result;
- outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
-
- malloc_count = 0;
- while (1)
- {
- transmem_block_t *newmem;
-# ifdef _LIBC
- size_t non_reversible;
- int res;
-
- if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
- goto resize_freemem;
-
- res = __gconv (domain->conv,
- &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen,
- &outbuf,
- outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t),
- &non_reversible);
-
- if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT)
- break;
-
- if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT)
- {
- __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
- goto converted;
- }
-
- inbuf = result;
-# else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
- const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf;
- size_t inleft = resultlen;
- char *outptr = (char *) outbuf;
- size_t outleft;
-
- if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
- goto resize_freemem;
-
- outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t);
- if (iconv (domain->conv,
- (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft,
- &outptr, &outleft)
- != (size_t) (-1))
- {
- outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr;
- break;
- }
- if (errno != E2BIG)
- {
- __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
- goto converted;
- }
-# endif
-# endif
-
- resize_freemem:
- /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one. */
- if (malloc_count > 0)
- {
- ++malloc_count;
- freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
- newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list,
- freemem_size);
-# ifdef _LIBC
- if (newmem != NULL)
- transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
- else
- {
- struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list;
-
- transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
- free (old);
- }
-# endif
- }
- else
- {
- malloc_count = 1;
- freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
- newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size);
- }
- if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0))
- {
- freemem = NULL;
- freemem_size = 0;
- __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
- goto converted;
- }
-
-# ifdef _LIBC
- /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free
- at some point. */
- newmem->next = transmem_list;
- transmem_list = newmem;
-
- freemem = newmem->data;
- freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data);
-# else
- transmem_list = newmem;
- freemem = newmem;
-# endif
-
- outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
- }
-
- /* We have now in our buffer a converted string. Put this
- into the table of conversions. */
- *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t);
- domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem;
- /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned. */
- freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem;
- freemem = outbuf;
- freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1);
- freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1);
-
- __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
- }
-
- /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all
- the plural variants. */
- result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t);
- resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act];
- }
-
- converted:
- /* The result string is converted. */
-
-#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
-
- *lengthp = resultlen;
- return result;
-}
-
-
-/* Look up a plural variant. */
-static char *
-internal_function
-plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len)
- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
- unsigned long int n;
- const char *translation;
- size_t translation_len;
-{
- struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data;
- unsigned long int index;
- const char *p;
-
- index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n);
- if (index >= domaindata->nplurals)
- /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression and the
- given maximum value do not match. */
- index = 0;
-
- /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION. */
- p = translation;
- while (index-- > 0)
- {
-#ifdef _LIBC
- p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0');
-#else
- p = strchr (p, '\0');
-#endif
- /* And skip over the NUL byte. */
- p++;
-
- if (p >= translation + translation_len)
- /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression
- evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants
- available for MSGID1. */
- return (char *) translation;
- }
- return (char *) p;
-}
-
-
-/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */
-static const char *
-internal_function
-category_to_name (category)
- int category;
-{
- const char *retval;
-
- switch (category)
- {
-#ifdef LC_COLLATE
- case LC_COLLATE:
- retval = "LC_COLLATE";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_CTYPE
- case LC_CTYPE:
- retval = "LC_CTYPE";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_MONETARY
- case LC_MONETARY:
- retval = "LC_MONETARY";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_NUMERIC
- case LC_NUMERIC:
- retval = "LC_NUMERIC";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_TIME
- case LC_TIME:
- retval = "LC_TIME";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
- case LC_MESSAGES:
- retval = "LC_MESSAGES";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_RESPONSE
- case LC_RESPONSE:
- retval = "LC_RESPONSE";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_ALL
- case LC_ALL:
- /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other
- value. */
- retval = "LC_ALL";
- break;
-#endif
- default:
- /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */
- retval = "LC_XXX";
- }
-
- return retval;
-}
-
-/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */
-static const char *
-internal_function
-guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
- int category;
- const char *categoryname;
-{
- const char *language;
- const char *retval;
-
- /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment
- variable. But we don't use the value if the currently selected
- locale is the C locale. This is a GNU extension. */
- language = getenv ("LANGUAGE");
- if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0')
- language = NULL;
-
- /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL',
- `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the
- `setlocale' function itself. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
- retval = setlocale (category, NULL);
-#else
- retval = _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname);
-#endif
-
- /* Ignore LANGUAGE if the locale is set to "C" because
- 1. "C" locale usually uses the ASCII encoding, and most international
- messages use non-ASCII characters. These characters get displayed
- as question marks (if using glibc's iconv()) or as invalid 8-bit
- characters (because other iconv()s refuse to convert most non-ASCII
- characters to ASCII). In any case, the output is ugly.
- 2. The precise output of some programs in the "C" locale is specified
- by POSIX and should not depend on environment variables like
- "LANGUAGE". We allow such programs to use gettext(). */
- return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval;
-}
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
- avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
- function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
- to be defined. */
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *
-stpcpy (dest, src)
- char *dest;
- const char *src;
-{
- while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
- /* Do nothing. */ ;
- return dest - 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY
-static void *
-mempcpy (dest, src, n)
- void *dest;
- const void *src;
- size_t n;
-{
- return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at
- program's end. */
-static void __attribute__ ((unused))
-free_mem (void)
-{
- void *old;
-
- while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL)
- {
- struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings;
- _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next;
- if (oldp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
- /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */
- free (oldp->dirname);
- free (oldp->codeset);
- free (oldp);
- }
-
- if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
- /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */
- free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain);
-
- /* Remove the search tree with the known translations. */
- __tdestroy (root, free);
- root = NULL;
-
- while (transmem_list != NULL)
- {
- old = transmem_list;
- transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
- free (old);
- }
-}
-
-text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
-# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
-#else
-# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
-# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
- locale. */
-char *
-DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid1;
- const char *msgid2;
- unsigned long int n;
- int category;
-{
- return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
-INTDEF(__dcngettext)
-weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
-# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
-#else
-# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
-# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale. */
-char *
-DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid;
-{
- return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
-weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
-# define DCNGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcngettext)
-#else
-# define DNGETTEXT dngettext__
-# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */
-char *
-DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid1;
- const char *msgid2;
- unsigned long int n;
-{
- return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
-weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Plural expression evaluation.
- Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifndef STATIC
-#define STATIC static
-#endif
-
-/* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */
-STATIC unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
- unsigned long int n))
- internal_function;
-
-STATIC
-unsigned long int
-internal_function
-plural_eval (pexp, n)
- struct expression *pexp;
- unsigned long int n;
-{
- switch (pexp->nargs)
- {
- case 0:
- switch (pexp->operation)
- {
- case var:
- return n;
- case num:
- return pexp->val.num;
- default:
- break;
- }
- /* NOTREACHED */
- break;
- case 1:
- {
- /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */
- unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
- return ! arg;
- }
- case 2:
- {
- unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
- if (pexp->operation == lor)
- return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
- else if (pexp->operation == land)
- return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
- else
- {
- unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
-
- switch (pexp->operation)
- {
- case mult:
- return leftarg * rightarg;
- case divide:
- return leftarg / rightarg;
- case module:
- return leftarg % rightarg;
- case plus:
- return leftarg + rightarg;
- case minus:
- return leftarg - rightarg;
- case less_than:
- return leftarg < rightarg;
- case greater_than:
- return leftarg > rightarg;
- case less_or_equal:
- return leftarg <= rightarg;
- case greater_or_equal:
- return leftarg >= rightarg;
- case equal:
- return leftarg == rightarg;
- case not_equal:
- return leftarg != rightarg;
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
- /* NOTREACHED */
- break;
- }
- case 3:
- {
- /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */
- unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
- return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
- }
- }
- /* NOTREACHED */
- return 0;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#include "loadinfo.h"
-
-/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
-#ifndef NULL
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-# define NULL ((void *) 0)
-# else
-# define NULL 0
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-char *
-_nl_find_language (name)
- const char *name;
-{
- while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@'
- && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',')
- ++name;
-
- return (char *) name;
-}
-
-
-int
-_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
- normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
- char *name;
- const char **language;
- const char **modifier;
- const char **territory;
- const char **codeset;
- const char **normalized_codeset;
- const char **special;
- const char **sponsor;
- const char **revision;
-{
- enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
- char *cp;
- int mask;
-
- *modifier = NULL;
- *territory = NULL;
- *codeset = NULL;
- *normalized_codeset = NULL;
- *special = NULL;
- *sponsor = NULL;
- *revision = NULL;
-
- /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
- look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
- we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
- mask = 0;
- syntax = undecided;
- *language = cp = name;
- cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
-
- if (*language == cp)
- /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use
- this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */
- cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
- else if (cp[0] == '_')
- {
- /* Next is the territory. */
- cp[0] = '\0';
- *territory = ++cp;
-
- while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
- && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
- ++cp;
-
- mask |= TERRITORY;
-
- if (cp[0] == '.')
- {
- /* Next is the codeset. */
- syntax = xpg;
- cp[0] = '\0';
- *codeset = ++cp;
-
- while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
- ++cp;
-
- mask |= XPG_CODESET;
-
- if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
- {
- *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
- cp - *codeset);
- if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
- free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
- else
- mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
- {
- /* Next is the modifier. */
- syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
- cp[0] = '\0';
- *modifier = ++cp;
-
- while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
- && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
- ++cp;
-
- mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
- }
-
- if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
- {
- syntax = cen;
-
- if (cp[0] == '+')
- {
- /* Next is special application (CEN syntax). */
- cp[0] = '\0';
- *special = ++cp;
-
- while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
- ++cp;
-
- mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
- }
-
- if (cp[0] == ',')
- {
- /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax). */
- cp[0] = '\0';
- *sponsor = ++cp;
-
- while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
- ++cp;
-
- mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
- }
-
- if (cp[0] == '_')
- {
- /* Next is revision (CEN syntax). */
- cp[0] = '\0';
- *revision = ++cp;
-
- mask |= CEN_REVISION;
- }
- }
-
- /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the
- separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax. */
- if (syntax == xpg)
- {
- if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
- mask &= ~TERRITORY;
-
- if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
- mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
-
- if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0')
- mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
- }
-
- return mask;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-/* List of already loaded domains. */
-static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
-
-
-/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
- the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
- established bindings. */
-struct loaded_l10nfile *
-internal_function
-_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
- const char *dirname;
- char *locale;
- const char *domainname;
- struct binding *domainbinding;
-{
- struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
- const char *language;
- const char *modifier;
- const char *territory;
- const char *codeset;
- const char *normalized_codeset;
- const char *special;
- const char *sponsor;
- const char *revision;
- const char *alias_value;
- int mask;
-
- /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
-
- language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
-
- and six parts for the CEN syntax:
-
- language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
-
- Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If
- the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
- looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to
- the following order:
- (1) revision
- (2) sponsor
- (3) special
- (4) codeset
- (5) normalized codeset
- (6) territory
- (7) audience/modifier
- */
-
- /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
- be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */
- retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
- strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
- if (retval != NULL)
- {
- /* We know something about this locale. */
- int cnt;
-
- if (retval->decided == 0)
- _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
-
- if (retval->data != NULL)
- return retval;
-
- for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
- {
- if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
- _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
-
- if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
- break;
- }
- return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
- /* NOTREACHED */
- }
-
- /* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value
- *overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is
- done. */
- alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
- if (alias_value != NULL)
- {
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
- locale = strdup (alias_value);
- if (locale == NULL)
- return NULL;
-#else
- size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
- locale = (char *) malloc (len);
- if (locale == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
-#endif
- }
-
- /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
- look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
- we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
- mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
- &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special,
- &sponsor, &revision);
-
- /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
- generalization. */
- retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
- strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
- codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
- sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
- if (retval == NULL)
- /* This means we are out of core. */
- return NULL;
-
- if (retval->decided == 0)
- _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
- if (retval->data == NULL)
- {
- int cnt;
- for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
- {
- if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
- _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
- if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
- break;
- }
- }
-
- /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */
- if (alias_value != NULL)
- free (locale);
-
- /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */
- if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
- free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
-
- return retval;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-static void __attribute__ ((unused))
-free_mem (void)
-{
- struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
-
- while (runp != NULL)
- {
- struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
- if (runp->data != NULL)
- _nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
- runp = runp->next;
- free ((char *) here->filename);
- free (here);
- }
-}
-
-text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define __need_NULL
-# include <stddef.h>
-#else
-# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define GETTEXT __gettext
-# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
-#else
-# define GETTEXT gettext__
-# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
- text). */
-char *
-GETTEXT (msgid)
- const char *msgid;
-{
- return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
-weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
-#define _GETTEXTP_H
-
-#include <stddef.h> /* Get size_t. */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
-#else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
-# include <iconv.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include "loadinfo.h"
-
-#include "gmo.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
-# define PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-# define PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef internal_function
-# define internal_function
-#endif
-
-#ifndef attribute_hidden
-# define attribute_hidden
-#endif
-
-/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
- almost always true or almost always false. */
-#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
-# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef W
-# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <byteswap.h>
-# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
-#else
-static inline nls_uint32
-SWAP (i)
- nls_uint32 i;
-{
- return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */
-struct loaded_domain
-{
- const char *data;
- int use_mmap;
- size_t mmap_size;
- int must_swap;
- nls_uint32 nstrings;
- struct string_desc *orig_tab;
- struct string_desc *trans_tab;
- nls_uint32 hash_size;
- nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
- int codeset_cntr;
-#ifdef _LIBC
- __gconv_t conv;
-#else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
- iconv_t conv;
-# endif
-#endif
- char **conv_tab;
-
- struct expression *plural;
- unsigned long int nplurals;
-};
-
-/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C
- doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define ZERO 0
-#else
-# define ZERO 1
-#endif
-
-/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings
- from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */
-struct binding
-{
- struct binding *next;
- char *dirname;
- int codeset_cntr; /* Incremented each time codeset changes. */
- char *codeset;
- char domainname[ZERO];
-};
-
-/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
- become invalid.
- This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */
-extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
-#ifndef _LIBC
-const char *_nl_locale_name PARAMS ((int category, const char *categoryname));
-#endif
-
-struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
- char *__locale,
- const char *__domainname,
- struct binding *__domainbinding))
- internal_function;
-void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
- struct binding *__domainbinding))
- internal_function;
-void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
- internal_function;
-const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
- struct loaded_domain *__domain,
- struct binding *__domainbinding))
- internal_function;
-void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
- internal_function;
-
-char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
- struct binding *domainbinding,
- const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp))
- internal_function;
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
-extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid));
-extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid, int __category));
-extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int __n));
-extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int n));
-extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int __n, int __category));
-extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
- int __category));
-extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
-extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__dirname));
-extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__codeset));
-#else
-extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
-extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid));
-extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid, int __category));
-extern char *ngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int __n));
-extern char *dngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int __n));
-extern char *dcngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int __n, int __category));
-extern char *dcigettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
- int __category));
-extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
-extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__dirname));
-extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__codeset));
-#endif
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-#endif /* gettextP.h */
+++ /dev/null
-/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
-#define _GETTEXT_H 1
-
-#include <limits.h>
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */
-#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
-#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
-
-/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
-#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
-
-/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
- to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
- alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
- as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
- when cross-compiling. */
-
-#if __STDC__
-# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
-#else
-# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
-#endif
-
-/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
- This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
- that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
- (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */
-
-#ifndef UINT_MAX
-# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-#endif
-
-#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
-#else
-# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
-# else
-# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
-# else
- /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is
- not portable enough. */
- "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-
-/* Header for binary .mo file format. */
-struct mo_file_header
-{
- /* The magic number. */
- nls_uint32 magic;
- /* The revision number of the file format. */
- nls_uint32 revision;
- /* The number of strings pairs. */
- nls_uint32 nstrings;
- /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */
- nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
- /* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings. */
- nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
- /* Size of hashing table. */
- nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
- /* Offset of first hashing entry. */
- nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
-};
-
-struct string_desc
-{
- /* Length of addressed string. */
- nls_uint32 length;
- /* Offset of string in file. */
- nls_uint32 offset;
-};
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-#endif /* gettext.h */
+++ /dev/null
-/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
-# define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-# define PARAMS(Args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */
-#define HASHWORDBITS 32
-
-
-/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
- [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
- 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
-static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
-
-static inline unsigned long int
-hash_string (str_param)
- const char *str_param;
-{
- unsigned long int hval, g;
- const char *str = str_param;
-
- /* Compute the hash value for the given string. */
- hval = 0;
- while (*str != '\0')
- {
- hval <<= 4;
- hval += (unsigned long int) *str++;
- g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
- if (g != 0)
- {
- hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
- hval ^= g;
- }
- }
- return hval;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
- Library.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 2000, 2001 Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "libgnuintl.h"
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix or suffix) to
- those defined in the included GNU gettext library (with "__" suffix).
- It is compiled into libintl when the included GNU gettext library is
- configured --with-included-gettext.
-
- This redirection works also in the case that the system C library or
- the system libintl library contain gettext/textdomain/... functions.
- If it didn't, we would need to add preprocessor level redirections to
- libgnuintl.h of the following form:
-
-# define gettext gettext__
-# define dgettext dgettext__
-# define dcgettext dcgettext__
-# define ngettext ngettext__
-# define dngettext dngettext__
-# define dcngettext dcngettext__
-# define textdomain textdomain__
-# define bindtextdomain bindtextdomain__
-# define bind_textdomain_codeset bind_textdomain_codeset__
-
- How does this redirection work? There are two cases.
- A. When libintl.a is linked into an executable, it works because
- functions defined in the executable always override functions in
- the shared libraries.
- B. When libintl.so is used, it works because
- 1. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in the C library
- (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer) are
- ELF systems and define these symbols as weak, thus explicitly
- letting other shared libraries override it.
- 2. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in a standalone
- libintl.so library (namely, Solaris 2.3 and newer) have this
- shared library in /usr/lib, and the linker will search /usr/lib
- *after* the directory where the GNU gettext library is installed.
-
- A third case, namely when libintl.a is linked into a shared library
- whose name is not libintl.so, is not supported. In this case, on
- Solaris, when -lintl precedes the linker option for the shared library
- containing GNU gettext, the system's gettext would indeed override
- the GNU gettext. Anyone doing this kind of stuff must be clever enough
- to 1. compile libintl.a with -fPIC, 2. remove -lintl from his linker
- command line. */
-
-
-#undef gettext
-#undef dgettext
-#undef dcgettext
-#undef ngettext
-#undef dngettext
-#undef dcngettext
-#undef textdomain
-#undef bindtextdomain
-#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
-
-
-char *
-gettext (msgid)
- const char *msgid;
-{
- return gettext__ (msgid);
-}
-
-
-char *
-dgettext (domainname, msgid)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid;
-{
- return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid);
-}
-
-
-char *
-dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid;
- int category;
-{
- return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category);
-}
-
-
-char *
-ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n)
- const char *msgid1;
- const char *msgid2;
- unsigned long int n;
-{
- return ngettext__ (msgid1, msgid2, n);
-}
-
-
-char *
-dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid1;
- const char *msgid2;
- unsigned long int n;
-{
- return dngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
-}
-
-
-char *
-dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid1;
- const char *msgid2;
- unsigned long int n;
- int category;
-{
- return dcngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
-}
-
-
-char *
-textdomain (domainname)
- const char *domainname;
-{
- return textdomain__ (domainname);
-}
-
-
-char *
-bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *dirname;
-{
- return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname);
-}
-
-
-char *
-bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *codeset;
-{
- return bind_textdomain_codeset__ (domainname, codeset);
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
- This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
- <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
-# include <argz.h>
-#endif
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include "loadinfo.h"
-
-/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
-#ifndef NULL
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-# define NULL ((void *) 0)
-# else
-# define NULL 0
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
- because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
- file and the name space must not be polluted. */
-# ifndef stpcpy
-# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
-# endif
-#else
-# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Define function which are usually not available. */
-
-#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
-/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */
-static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
-
-static size_t
-argz_count__ (argz, len)
- const char *argz;
- size_t len;
-{
- size_t count = 0;
- while (len > 0)
- {
- size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
- argz += part_len + 1;
- len -= part_len + 1;
- count++;
- }
- return count;
-}
-# undef __argz_count
-# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
-#else
-# ifdef _LIBC
-# define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len)
-# endif
-#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
-
-#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
-/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
- except the last into the character SEP. */
-static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
-
-static void
-argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
- char *argz;
- size_t len;
- int sep;
-{
- while (len > 0)
- {
- size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
- argz += part_len;
- len -= part_len + 1;
- if (len > 0)
- *argz++ = sep;
- }
-}
-# undef __argz_stringify
-# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
-#else
-# ifdef _LIBC
-# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \
- INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep)
-# endif
-#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
-
-#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
-static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
- const char *entry));
-
-static char *
-argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
- char *argz;
- size_t argz_len;
- const char *entry;
-{
- if (entry)
- {
- if (entry < argz + argz_len)
- entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
-
- return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
- }
- else
- if (argz_len > 0)
- return argz;
- else
- return 0;
-}
-# undef __argz_next
-# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
-#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
-
-
-/* Return number of bits set in X. */
-static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
-
-static inline int
-pop (x)
- int x;
-{
- /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */
- x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
- x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
- x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
- x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
-
- return x;
-}
-
-\f
-struct loaded_l10nfile *
-_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
- territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
- sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
- struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
- const char *dirlist;
- size_t dirlist_len;
- int mask;
- const char *language;
- const char *territory;
- const char *codeset;
- const char *normalized_codeset;
- const char *modifier;
- const char *special;
- const char *sponsor;
- const char *revision;
- const char *filename;
- int do_allocate;
-{
- char *abs_filename;
- struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL;
- struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
- char *cp;
- size_t entries;
- int cnt;
-
- /* Allocate room for the full file name. */
- abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
- + strlen (language)
- + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
- ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
- + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
- ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
- + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
- ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
- + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
- || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0)
- ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
- + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
- ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0)
- + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
- || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
- ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
- ? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0)
- + ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
- ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
- + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
-
- if (abs_filename == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- retval = NULL;
- last = NULL;
-
- /* Construct file name. */
- memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len);
- __argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
- cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1);
- *cp++ = '/';
- cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
-
- if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
- {
- *cp++ = '_';
- cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
- }
- if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
- {
- *cp++ = '.';
- cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
- }
- if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
- {
- *cp++ = '.';
- cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
- }
- if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
- {
- /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different
- leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */
- *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
- cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
- }
- if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
- {
- *cp++ = '+';
- cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
- }
- if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0)
- {
- *cp++ = ',';
- if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
- cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
- if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
- {
- *cp++ = '_';
- cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
- }
- }
-
- *cp++ = '/';
- stpcpy (cp, filename);
-
- /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
- available. */
- last = NULL;
- for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
- if (retval->filename != NULL)
- {
- int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
- if (compare == 0)
- /* We found it! */
- break;
- if (compare < 0)
- {
- /* It's not in the list. */
- retval = NULL;
- break;
- }
-
- last = retval;
- }
-
- if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
- {
- free (abs_filename);
- return retval;
- }
-
- retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
- malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len)
- * (1 << pop (mask))
- * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
- if (retval == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- retval->filename = abs_filename;
- retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1
- || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
- && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
- retval->data = NULL;
-
- if (last == NULL)
- {
- retval->next = *l10nfile_list;
- *l10nfile_list = retval;
- }
- else
- {
- retval->next = last->next;
- last->next = retval;
- }
-
- entries = 0;
- /* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to
- a real file. So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism
- of the inner loop. */
- cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask;
- for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
- if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
- && ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
- && ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
- {
- /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */
- char *dir = NULL;
-
- while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
- != NULL)
- retval->successor[entries++]
- = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt,
- language, territory, codeset,
- normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
- sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
- }
- retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
-
- return retval;
-}
-\f
-/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
- names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
- names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
- freed by the caller. */
-const char *
-_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
- const char *codeset;
- size_t name_len;
-{
- int len = 0;
- int only_digit = 1;
- char *retval;
- char *wp;
- size_t cnt;
-
- for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
- if (isalnum ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
- {
- ++len;
-
- if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
- only_digit = 0;
- }
-
- retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
-
- if (retval != NULL)
- {
- if (only_digit)
- wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
- else
- wp = retval;
-
- for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
- if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
- *wp++ = tolower ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]);
- else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
- *wp++ = codeset[cnt];
-
- *wp = '\0';
- }
-
- return (const char *) retval;
-}
-
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
- avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
- function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
- to be defined. */
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *
-stpcpy (dest, src)
- char *dest;
- const char *src;
-{
- while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
- /* Do nothing. */ ;
- return dest - 1;
-}
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
-#define _LIBINTL_H 1
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
- gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
- On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
- On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5)
- then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. this file!) and then only defines
- LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES
- in this case. */
-#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun))
-# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
-#endif
-
-/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
- implementation of gettext. */
-#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
-
-/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
- precedence over _conio_gettext. */
-#ifdef __DJGPP__
-# undef gettext
-# define gettext gettext
-#endif
-
-/* Use _INTL_PARAMS, not PARAMS, in order to avoid clashes with identifiers
- used by programs. Similarly, test __PROTOTYPES, not PROTOTYPES. */
-#ifndef _INTL_PARAMS
-# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
-# define _INTL_PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-# define _INTL_PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
- text). */
-extern char *gettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale. */
-extern char *dgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
- locale. */
-extern char *dcgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid,
- int __category));
-
-
-/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
- number N. */
-extern char *ngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1,
- const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int __n));
-
-/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
- number N. */
-extern char *dngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid1,
- const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int __n));
-
-/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
- number N. */
-extern char *dcngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid1,
- const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int __n,
- int __category));
-
-
-/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
- If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
- If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
-extern char *textdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
-
-/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
- in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
-extern char *bindtextdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__dirname));
-
-/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
- DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
-extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__codeset));
-
-
-/* Optimized version of the functions above. */
-#if defined __OPTIMIZED
-/* These are macros, but could also be inline functions. */
-
-# define gettext(msgid) \
- dgettext (NULL, msgid)
-
-# define dgettext(domainname, msgid) \
- dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
-
-# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n) \
- dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n)
-
-# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) \
- dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES)
-
-#endif /* Optimizing. */
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* libintl.h */
+++ /dev/null
-/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- This file is part of the GNU C Library.
- Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
-#define _LOADINFO_H 1
-
-/* Declarations of locale dependent catalog lookup functions.
- Implemented in
-
- localealias.c Possibly replace a locale name by another.
- explodename.c Split a locale name into its various fields.
- l10nflist.c Generate a list of filenames of possible message catalogs.
- finddomain.c Find and open the relevant message catalogs.
-
- The main function _nl_find_domain() in finddomain.c is declared
- in gettextP.h.
- */
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
-# define PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-# define PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef internal_function
-# define internal_function
-#endif
-
-/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
- almost always true or almost always false. */
-#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
-# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
-#endif
-
-/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */
-#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
- /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
-# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
-#else
- /* Unix */
-# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
-#endif
-
-/* Encoding of locale name parts. */
-#define CEN_REVISION 1
-#define CEN_SPONSOR 2
-#define CEN_SPECIAL 4
-#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 8
-#define XPG_CODESET 16
-#define TERRITORY 32
-#define CEN_AUDIENCE 64
-#define XPG_MODIFIER 128
-
-#define CEN_SPECIFIC (CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE)
-#define XPG_SPECIFIC (XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER)
-
-
-struct loaded_l10nfile
-{
- const char *filename;
- int decided;
-
- const void *data;
-
- struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
- struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
-};
-
-
-/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
- names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
- names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
- freed by the caller. */
-extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
- size_t name_len));
-
-extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
-_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
- const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
- const char *language, const char *territory,
- const char *codeset,
- const char *normalized_codeset,
- const char *modifier, const char *special,
- const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
- const char *filename, int do_allocate));
-
-
-extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
-
-/* normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by
- the caller. */
-extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
- const char **modifier,
- const char **territory,
- const char **codeset,
- const char **normalized_codeset,
- const char **special,
- const char **sponsor,
- const char **revision));
-
-extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name));
-
-#endif /* loadinfo.h */
+++ /dev/null
-/* Load needed message catalogs.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
- This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
- <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define alloca __builtin_alloca
-# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
-#else
-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <alloca.h>
-# else
-# ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
-# else
-# ifndef alloca
-char *alloca ();
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <langinfo.h>
-# include <locale.h>
-#endif
-
-#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
- || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES)
-# include <sys/mman.h>
-# undef HAVE_MMAP
-# define HAVE_MMAP 1
-#else
-# undef HAVE_MMAP
-#endif
-
-#include "gmo.h"
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#include "plural-exp.h"
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard
- because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object
- file and the name space must not be polluted. */
-# define open __open
-# define close __close
-# define read __read
-# define mmap __mmap
-# define munmap __munmap
-#endif
-
-/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
- some additional code emulating it. */
-#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
-# define freea(p) /* nothing */
-#else
-# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
-# define freea(p) free (p)
-#endif
-
-/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
- O_BINARY is usually declared in <fcntl.h>. */
-#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
- /* For MSC-compatible compilers. */
-# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
-# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
-#endif
-#ifdef __BEOS__
- /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */
-# undef O_BINARY
-# undef O_TEXT
-#endif
-/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */
-#ifndef O_BINARY
-# define O_BINARY 0
-#endif
-
-/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
- with all translations. This is important if the translations are
- cached by one of GCC's features. */
-int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
-
-/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.
- Return the header entry. */
-const char *
-internal_function
-_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding)
- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
- struct loaded_domain *domain;
- struct binding *domainbinding;
-{
- /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with.
- This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this
- entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset='
- information, we will assume the charset matches the one the
- current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */
- char *nullentry;
- size_t nullentrylen;
-
- /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg. */
- domain->codeset_cntr =
- (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0);
-#ifdef _LIBC
- domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
-#else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
- domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1;
-# endif
-#endif
- domain->conv_tab = NULL;
-
- /* Get the header entry. */
- nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen);
-
- if (nullentry != NULL)
- {
-#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
- const char *charsetstr;
-
- charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset=");
- if (charsetstr != NULL)
- {
- size_t len;
- char *charset;
- const char *outcharset;
-
- charsetstr += strlen ("charset=");
- len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n");
-
- charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
-# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY
- *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0';
-# else
- memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len);
- charset[len] = '\0';
-# endif
-
- /* The output charset should normally be determined by the
- locale. But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly
- set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override
- this. Moreover, the value specified through
- bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */
- if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL)
- outcharset = domainbinding->codeset;
- else
- {
- outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET");
- if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0')
- {
-# ifdef _LIBC
- outcharset = (*_nl_current[LC_CTYPE])->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (CODESET)].string;
-# else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
- extern const char *locale_charset PARAMS ((void));
- outcharset = locale_charset ();
-# endif
-# endif
- }
- }
-
-# ifdef _LIBC
- /* We always want to use transliteration. */
- outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT");
- charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL);
- if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv,
- GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV)
- != __GCONV_OK)
- domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
-# else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
- /* When using GNU libc >= 2.2 or GNU libiconv >= 1.5,
- we want to use transliteration. */
-# if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2) || __GLIBC__ > 2 \
- || _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
- len = strlen (outcharset);
- {
- char *tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1);
- memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len);
- memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1);
- outcharset = tmp;
- }
-# endif
- domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
-# if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2) || __GLIBC__ > 2 \
- || _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
- freea (outcharset);
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-
- freea (charset);
- }
-#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
- }
-
- return nullentry;
-}
-
-/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. */
-void
-internal_function
-_nl_free_domain_conv (domain)
- struct loaded_domain *domain;
-{
- if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1)
- free (domain->conv_tab);
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
- if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1)
- __gconv_close (domain->conv);
-#else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
- if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1)
- iconv_close (domain->conv);
-# endif
-#endif
-}
-
-/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid
- message catalog do nothing. */
-void
-internal_function
-_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding)
- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
- struct binding *domainbinding;
-{
- int fd;
- size_t size;
-#ifdef _LIBC
- struct stat64 st;
-#else
- struct stat st;
-#endif
- struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
- int use_mmap = 0;
- struct loaded_domain *domain;
- const char *nullentry;
-
- domain_file->decided = 1;
- domain_file->data = NULL;
-
- /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file
- because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after
- a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */
-
- /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
- might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given
- specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
- syntax. */
- if (domain_file->filename == NULL)
- return;
-
- /* Try to open the addressed file. */
- fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY);
- if (fd == -1)
- return;
-
- /* We must know about the size of the file. */
- if (
-#ifdef _LIBC
- __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
-#else
- __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
-#endif
- || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0)
- || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0))
- {
- /* Something went wrong. */
- close (fd);
- return;
- }
-
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
- /* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try
- this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */
- data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ,
- MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
-
- if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1))
- {
- /* mmap() call was successful. */
- close (fd);
- use_mmap = 1;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load
- it manually. */
- if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
- {
- size_t to_read;
- char *read_ptr;
-
- data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size);
- if (data == NULL)
- return;
-
- to_read = size;
- read_ptr = (char *) data;
- do
- {
- long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read);
- if (nb <= 0)
- {
-#ifdef EINTR
- if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR)
- continue;
-#endif
- close (fd);
- return;
- }
- read_ptr += nb;
- to_read -= nb;
- }
- while (to_read > 0);
-
- close (fd);
- }
-
- /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
- catalog file. */
- if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED,
- 0))
- {
- /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
- if (use_mmap)
- munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
- else
-#endif
- free (data);
- return;
- }
-
- domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
- if (domain == NULL)
- return;
- domain_file->data = domain;
-
- domain->data = (char *) data;
- domain->use_mmap = use_mmap;
- domain->mmap_size = size;
- domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
-
- /* Fill in the information about the available tables. */
- switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision))
- {
- case 0:
- domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
- domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *)
- ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
- domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *)
- ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset));
- domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size);
- domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *)
- ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset));
- break;
- default:
- /* This is an invalid revision. */
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
- if (use_mmap)
- munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
- else
-#endif
- free (data);
- free (domain);
- domain_file->data = NULL;
- return;
- }
-
- /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set
- the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's
- specified character set or the locale's character set. */
- nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
-
- /* Also look for a plural specification. */
- EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, &domain->plural, &domain->nplurals);
-}
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-void
-internal_function
-_nl_unload_domain (domain)
- struct loaded_domain *domain;
-{
- if (domain->plural != &__gettext_germanic_plural)
- __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural);
-
- _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
-
-# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES
- if (domain->use_mmap)
- munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size);
- else
-# endif /* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */
- free ((void *) domain->data);
-
- free (domain);
-}
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
-
- Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
-# include <stddef.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
-# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
-# define WIN32
-#endif
-
-#if defined __EMX__
-/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS. */
-# define OS2
-#endif
-
-#if !defined WIN32
-# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
-# include <langinfo.h>
-# else
-# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
-# include <locale.h>
-# endif
-# endif
-#elif defined WIN32
-# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-# include <windows.h>
-#endif
-#if defined OS2
-# define INCL_DOS
-# include <os2.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
- /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
-#endif
-
-#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
-# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ISSLASH
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_GETC_UNLOCKED
-# undef getc
-# define getc getc_unlocked
-#endif
-
-/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
- possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
- are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
- 'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
- and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
- are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */
-#if __STDC__ != 1
-# define volatile /* empty */
-#endif
-/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
- read, else NULL. Its format is:
- ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */
-static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
-
-/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */
-static const char *
-get_charset_aliases ()
-{
- const char *cp;
-
- cp = charset_aliases;
- if (cp == NULL)
- {
-#if !defined WIN32
- FILE *fp;
- const char *dir = LIBDIR;
- const char *base = "charset.alias";
- char *file_name;
-
- /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */
- {
- size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
- size_t base_len = strlen (base);
- int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
- file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
- if (file_name != NULL)
- {
- memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
- if (add_slash)
- file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
- memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
- }
- }
-
- if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
- /* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */
- cp = "";
- else
- {
- /* Parse the file's contents. */
- int c;
- char buf1[50+1];
- char buf2[50+1];
- char *res_ptr = NULL;
- size_t res_size = 0;
- size_t l1, l2;
-
- for (;;)
- {
- c = getc (fp);
- if (c == EOF)
- break;
- if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
- continue;
- if (c == '#')
- {
- /* Skip comment, to end of line. */
- do
- c = getc (fp);
- while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
- if (c == EOF)
- break;
- continue;
- }
- ungetc (c, fp);
- if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
- break;
- l1 = strlen (buf1);
- l2 = strlen (buf2);
- if (res_size == 0)
- {
- res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
- res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1);
- }
- else
- {
- res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
- res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
- }
- if (res_ptr == NULL)
- {
- /* Out of memory. */
- res_size = 0;
- break;
- }
- strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
- strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
- }
- fclose (fp);
- if (res_size == 0)
- cp = "";
- else
- {
- *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
- cp = res_ptr;
- }
- }
-
- if (file_name != NULL)
- free (file_name);
-
-#else
-
- /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
- directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
- runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */
-
-# if defined WIN32
- cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
- "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0";
-# endif
-#endif
-
- charset_aliases = cp;
- }
-
- return cp;
-}
-
-/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
- into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
- The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
- If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
- name. */
-
-#ifdef STATIC
-STATIC
-#endif
-const char *
-locale_charset ()
-{
- const char *codeset;
- const char *aliases;
-
-#if !(defined WIN32 || defined OS2)
-
-# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
-
- /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */
- codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
-
-# else
-
- /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */
- const char *locale = NULL;
-
- /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some
- (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't
- use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
- locale name the user has set. */
-# if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
- locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
-# endif
- if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
- {
- locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
- if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
- {
- locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
- if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
- locale = getenv ("LANG");
- }
- }
-
- /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
- you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
- through the charset.alias file. */
- codeset = locale;
-
-# endif
-
-#elif defined WIN32
-
- static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
-
- /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
- sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
- codeset = buf;
-
-#elif defined OS2
-
- const char *locale;
- static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
- ULONG cp[3];
- ULONG cplen;
-
- /* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system,
- with standard language environment variables. */
- locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
- if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
- {
- locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
- if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
- locale = getenv ("LANG");
- }
- if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
- {
- /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it. */
- const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
-
- if (dot != NULL)
- {
- const char *modifier;
-
- dot++;
- /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */
- modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
- if (modifier == NULL)
- return dot;
- if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
- {
- memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
- buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
- return buf;
- }
- }
-
- /* Resolve through the charset.alias file. */
- codeset = locale;
- }
- else
- {
- /* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
- if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen))
- codeset = "";
- else
- {
- sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]);
- codeset = buf;
- }
- }
-
-#endif
-
- if (codeset == NULL)
- /* The canonical name cannot be determined. */
- codeset = "";
-
- /* Resolve alias. */
- for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
- *aliases != '\0';
- aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
- if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
- || (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
- {
- codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
- break;
- }
-
- return codeset;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-# Locale name alias data base.
-# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-# USA.
-
-# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
-# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
-# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
-# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
-# All entries are case independent.
-
-# Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for
-# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
-# it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
-# bugs@gnu.org.
-
-# Packages using this file:
-
-bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-bokmål no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
-croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
-czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
-danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1
-dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1
-deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1
-dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
-eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1
-estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1
-finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
-français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
-french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
-galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
-galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
-german de_DE.ISO-8859-1
-greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7
-hebrew he_IL.ISO-8859-8
-hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
-hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
-icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1
-italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1
-japanese ja_JP.eucJP
-japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP
-ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP
-ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP
-japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS
-korean ko_KR.eucKR
-korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR
-ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR
-lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
-nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
-polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
-portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
-romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
-russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
-slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
-slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
-slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
-spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1
-swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
-thai th_TH.TIS-620
-turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9
+++ /dev/null
-/* Handle aliases for locale names.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
- This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
- <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE___FSETLOCKING
-# include <stdio_ext.h>
-#endif
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define alloca __builtin_alloca
-# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
-#else
-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <alloca.h>
-# else
-# ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
-# else
-# ifndef alloca
-char *alloca ();
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
- because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
- file and the name space must not be polluted. */
-# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
-
-# ifndef mempcpy
-# define mempcpy __mempcpy
-# endif
-# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1
-# define HAVE___FSETLOCKING 1
-
-/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */
-# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
-
-__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef internal_function
-# define internal_function
-#endif
-
-/* Some optimizations for glibc. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define FEOF(fp) feof_unlocked (fp)
-# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp)
-#else
-# define FEOF(fp) feof (fp)
-# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets (buf, n, fp)
-#endif
-
-/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
- some additional code emulating it. */
-#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
-# define freea(p) /* nothing */
-#else
-# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
-# define freea(p) free (p)
-#endif
-
-#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
-# undef fgets
-# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
-#endif
-#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
-# undef feof
-# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
-#endif
-
-
-struct alias_map
-{
- const char *alias;
- const char *value;
-};
-
-
-static char *string_space;
-static size_t string_space_act;
-static size_t string_space_max;
-static struct alias_map *map;
-static size_t nmap;
-static size_t maxmap;
-
-
-/* Prototypes for local functions. */
-static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
- internal_function;
-static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
-static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
- const struct alias_map *map2));
-
-
-const char *
-_nl_expand_alias (name)
- const char *name;
-{
- static const char *locale_alias_path;
- struct alias_map *retval;
- const char *result = NULL;
- size_t added;
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
- __libc_lock_lock (lock);
-#endif
-
- if (locale_alias_path == NULL)
- locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
-
- do
- {
- struct alias_map item;
-
- item.alias = name;
-
- if (nmap > 0)
- retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
- sizeof (struct alias_map),
- (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
- const void *))
- ) alias_compare);
- else
- retval = NULL;
-
- /* We really found an alias. Return the value. */
- if (retval != NULL)
- {
- result = retval->value;
- break;
- }
-
- /* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */
- added = 0;
- while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
- {
- const char *start;
-
- while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR)
- ++locale_alias_path;
- start = locale_alias_path;
-
- while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0'
- && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR)
- ++locale_alias_path;
-
- if (start < locale_alias_path)
- added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
- }
- }
- while (added != 0);
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
- __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
-#endif
-
- return result;
-}
-
-
-static size_t
-internal_function
-read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
- const char *fname;
- int fname_len;
-{
- FILE *fp;
- char *full_fname;
- size_t added;
- static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
-
- full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
-#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
- mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
- aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
-#else
- memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
- memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
-#endif
-
- fp = fopen (full_fname, "r");
- freea (full_fname);
- if (fp == NULL)
- return 0;
-
-#ifdef HAVE___FSETLOCKING
- /* No threads present. */
- __fsetlocking (fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
-#endif
-
- added = 0;
- while (!FEOF (fp))
- {
- /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
- a) we are only interested in the first two fields
- b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
- be that long
- */
- char buf[BUFSIZ];
- char *alias;
- char *value;
- char *cp;
-
- if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
- /* EOF reached. */
- break;
-
- /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore
- the rest of the line. */
- if (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
- {
- char altbuf[BUFSIZ];
- do
- if (FGETS (altbuf, sizeof altbuf, fp) == NULL)
- /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
- will exit at the `feof' test. */
- break;
- while (strchr (altbuf, '\n') == NULL);
- }
-
- cp = buf;
- /* Ignore leading white space. */
- while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
- ++cp;
-
- /* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */
- if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
- {
- alias = cp++;
- while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
- ++cp;
- /* Terminate alias name. */
- if (cp[0] != '\0')
- *cp++ = '\0';
-
- /* Now look for the beginning of the value. */
- while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
- ++cp;
-
- if (cp[0] != '\0')
- {
- size_t alias_len;
- size_t value_len;
-
- value = cp++;
- while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
- ++cp;
- /* Terminate value. */
- if (cp[0] == '\n')
- {
- /* This has to be done to make the following test
- for the end of line possible. We are looking for
- the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */
- *cp++ = '\0';
- *cp = '\n';
- }
- else if (cp[0] != '\0')
- *cp++ = '\0';
-
- if (nmap >= maxmap)
- if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
- return added;
-
- alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
- value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
-
- if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
- {
- /* Increase size of memory pool. */
- size_t new_size = (string_space_max
- + (alias_len + value_len > 1024
- ? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
- char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
- if (new_pool == NULL)
- return added;
-
- if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
- {
- size_t i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
- {
- map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
- map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
- }
- }
-
- string_space = new_pool;
- string_space_max = new_size;
- }
-
- map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
- alias, alias_len);
- string_space_act += alias_len;
-
- map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
- value, value_len);
- string_space_act += value_len;
-
- ++nmap;
- ++added;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore
- errors. --drepper */
- fclose (fp);
-
- if (added > 0)
- qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
- (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
-
- return added;
-}
-
-
-static int
-extend_alias_table ()
-{
- size_t new_size;
- struct alias_map *new_map;
-
- new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
- new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
- * sizeof (struct alias_map)));
- if (new_map == NULL)
- /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */
- return -1;
-
- map = new_map;
- maxmap = new_size;
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-static void __attribute__ ((unused))
-free_mem (void)
-{
- if (string_space != NULL)
- free (string_space);
- if (map != NULL)
- free (map);
-}
-text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
-#endif
-
-
-static int
-alias_compare (map1, map2)
- const struct alias_map *map1;
- const struct alias_map *map2;
-{
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
- return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
-#else
- const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
- const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
- unsigned char c1, c2;
-
- if (p1 == p2)
- return 0;
-
- do
- {
- /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
- some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */
- c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
- c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
- if (c1 == '\0')
- break;
- ++p1;
- ++p2;
- }
- while (c1 == c2);
-
- return c1 - c2;
-#endif
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* Determine the current selected locale.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995. */
-/* Win32 code written by Tor Lillqvist <tml@iki.fi>. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <locale.h>
-
-#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
-# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
-# define WIN32
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WIN32
-# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-# include <windows.h>
-/* Mingw headers don't have latest language and sublanguage codes. */
-# ifndef LANG_AFRIKAANS
-# define LANG_AFRIKAANS 0x36
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_ALBANIAN
-# define LANG_ALBANIAN 0x1c
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_ARABIC
-# define LANG_ARABIC 0x01
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_ARMENIAN
-# define LANG_ARMENIAN 0x2b
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_ASSAMESE
-# define LANG_ASSAMESE 0x4d
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_AZERI
-# define LANG_AZERI 0x2c
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_BASQUE
-# define LANG_BASQUE 0x2d
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_BELARUSIAN
-# define LANG_BELARUSIAN 0x23
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_BENGALI
-# define LANG_BENGALI 0x45
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_CATALAN
-# define LANG_CATALAN 0x03
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_ESTONIAN
-# define LANG_ESTONIAN 0x25
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_FAEROESE
-# define LANG_FAEROESE 0x38
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_FARSI
-# define LANG_FARSI 0x29
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_GEORGIAN
-# define LANG_GEORGIAN 0x37
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_GUJARATI
-# define LANG_GUJARATI 0x47
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_HEBREW
-# define LANG_HEBREW 0x0d
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_HINDI
-# define LANG_HINDI 0x39
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_INDONESIAN
-# define LANG_INDONESIAN 0x21
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_KANNADA
-# define LANG_KANNADA 0x4b
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_KASHMIRI
-# define LANG_KASHMIRI 0x60
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_KAZAK
-# define LANG_KAZAK 0x3f
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_KONKANI
-# define LANG_KONKANI 0x57
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_LATVIAN
-# define LANG_LATVIAN 0x26
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_LITHUANIAN
-# define LANG_LITHUANIAN 0x27
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_MACEDONIAN
-# define LANG_MACEDONIAN 0x2f
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_MALAY
-# define LANG_MALAY 0x3e
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_MALAYALAM
-# define LANG_MALAYALAM 0x4c
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_MANIPURI
-# define LANG_MANIPURI 0x58
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_MARATHI
-# define LANG_MARATHI 0x4e
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_NEPALI
-# define LANG_NEPALI 0x61
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_ORIYA
-# define LANG_ORIYA 0x48
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_PUNJABI
-# define LANG_PUNJABI 0x46
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_SANSKRIT
-# define LANG_SANSKRIT 0x4f
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_SERBIAN
-# define LANG_SERBIAN 0x1a
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_SINDHI
-# define LANG_SINDHI 0x59
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_SLOVAK
-# define LANG_SLOVAK 0x1b
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_SWAHILI
-# define LANG_SWAHILI 0x41
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_TAMIL
-# define LANG_TAMIL 0x49
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_TATAR
-# define LANG_TATAR 0x44
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_TELUGU
-# define LANG_TELUGU 0x4a
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_THAI
-# define LANG_THAI 0x1e
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_UKRAINIAN
-# define LANG_UKRAINIAN 0x22
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_URDU
-# define LANG_URDU 0x20
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_UZBEK
-# define LANG_UZBEK 0x43
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_VIETNAMESE
-# define LANG_VIETNAMESE 0x2a
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x01
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x02
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x03
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x04
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x05
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x06
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x07
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN 0x08
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x09
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x0a
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x0b
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x0c
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x0d
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE 0x0e
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x0f
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR 0x10
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN
-# define SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN 0x01
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC
-# define SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC 0x02
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU
-# define SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU 0x05
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA
-# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x07
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA
-# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x08
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN
-# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x09
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE
-# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x0a
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD
-# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x0b
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE
-# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x0c
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES
-# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x0d
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG
-# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x05
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO
-# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO 0x06
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG
-# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x04
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN
-# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN 0x05
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA
-# define SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA 0x02
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA
-# define SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x01
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM
-# define SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x02
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA
-# define SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA 0x02
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN
-# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN 0x02
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC
-# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC 0x03
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x04
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x05
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x06
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x07
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x08
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x09
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU 0x0a
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x0b
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x0c
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE 0x0d
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x0e
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x0f
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x10
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x11
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x12
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x13
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x14
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND
-# define SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x02
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN
-# define SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x01
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA
-# define SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA 0x02
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN
-# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN 0x01
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC
-# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC 0x02
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* XPG3 defines the result of 'setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
- "Directs 'setlocale()' to query 'category' and return the current
- setting of 'local'."
- However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and
- ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g.
- those using GNU C Library). */
-#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2)
-# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
-#endif
-
-/* Determine the current locale's name, and canonicalize it into XPG syntax
- language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
- The codeset part in the result is not reliable; the locale_charset()
- should be used for codeset information instead.
- The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. */
-
-const char *
-_nl_locale_name (category, categoryname)
- int category;
- const char *categoryname;
-{
- const char *retval;
-
-#ifndef WIN32
-
- /* Use the POSIX methods of looking to 'LC_ALL', 'LC_xxx', and 'LANG'.
- On some systems this can be done by the 'setlocale' function itself. */
-# if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
- retval = setlocale (category, NULL);
-# else
- /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */
- retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
- if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
- {
- /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */
- retval = getenv (categoryname);
- if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
- {
- /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */
- retval = getenv ("LANG");
- if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
- /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is
- implementation defined. */
- retval = "C";
- }
- }
-# endif
-
- return retval;
-
-#else /* WIN32 */
-
- /* Return an XPG style locale name language[_territory][@modifier].
- Don't even bother determining the codeset; it's not useful in this
- context, because message catalogs are not specific to a single
- codeset. */
-
- LCID lcid;
- LANGID langid;
- int primary, sub;
-
- /* Let the user override the system settings through environment
- variables, as on POSIX systems. */
- retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
- if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
- return retval;
- retval = getenv (categoryname);
- if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
- return retval;
- retval = getenv ("LANG");
- if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
- return retval;
-
- /* Use native Win32 API locale ID. */
- lcid = GetThreadLocale ();
-
- /* Strip off the sorting rules, keep only the language part. */
- langid = LANGIDFROMLCID (lcid);
-
- /* Split into language and territory part. */
- primary = PRIMARYLANGID (langid);
- sub = SUBLANGID (langid);
- switch (primary)
- {
- case LANG_AFRIKAANS: return "af_ZA";
- case LANG_ALBANIAN: return "sq_AL";
- case LANG_ARABIC:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA: return "ar_SA";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ: return "ar_IQ";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT: return "ar_EG";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA: return "ar_LY";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA: return "ar_DZ";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO: return "ar_MA";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA: return "ar_TN";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN: return "ar_OM";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN: return "ar_YE";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA: return "ar_SY";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN: return "ar_JO";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON: return "ar_LB";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT: return "ar_KW";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE: return "ar_AE";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN: return "ar_BH";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR: return "ar_QA";
- }
- return "ar";
- case LANG_ARMENIAN: return "hy_AM";
- case LANG_ASSAMESE: return "as_IN";
- case LANG_AZERI:
- switch (sub)
- {
- /* FIXME: Adjust this when Azerbaijani locales appear on Unix. */
- case SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN: return "az_AZ@latin";
- case SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC: return "az_AZ@cyrillic";
- }
- return "az";
- case LANG_BASQUE:
- return "eu"; /* Ambiguous: could be "eu_ES" or "eu_FR". */
- case LANG_BELARUSIAN: return "be_BY";
- case LANG_BENGALI: return "bn_IN";
- case LANG_BULGARIAN: return "bg_BG";
- case LANG_CATALAN: return "ca_ES";
- case LANG_CHINESE:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL: return "zh_TW";
- case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED: return "zh_CN";
- case SUBLANG_CHINESE_HONGKONG: return "zh_HK";
- case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SINGAPORE: return "zh_SG";
- case SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU: return "zh_MO";
- }
- return "zh";
- case LANG_CROATIAN: /* LANG_CROATIAN == LANG_SERBIAN
- * What used to be called Serbo-Croatian
- * should really now be two separate
- * languages because of political reasons.
- * (Says tml, who knows nothing about Serbian
- * or Croatian.)
- * (I can feel those flames coming already.)
- */
- switch (sub)
- {
- /* FIXME: How to distinguish Croatian and Latin Serbian locales? */
- case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN: return "sr_YU";
- case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC: return "sr_YU@cyrillic";
- default: return "hr_HR";
- }
- case LANG_CZECH: return "cs_CZ";
- case LANG_DANISH: return "da_DK";
- case LANG_DUTCH:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_DUTCH: return "nl_NL";
- case SUBLANG_DUTCH_BELGIAN: return "nl_BE";
- }
- return "nl";
- case LANG_ENGLISH:
- switch (sub)
- {
- /* SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. Heh. I thought
- * English was the language spoken in England.
- * Oh well.
- */
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US: return "en_US";
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_UK: return "en_GB";
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_AUS: return "en_AU";
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CAN: return "en_CA";
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_NZ: return "en_NZ";
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_EIRE: return "en_IE";
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA: return "en_ZA";
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA: return "en_JM";
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN: return "en_GD"; /* Grenada? */
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE: return "en_BZ";
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD: return "en_TT";
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE: return "en_ZW";
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES: return "en_PH";
- }
- return "en";
- case LANG_ESTONIAN: return "et_EE";
- case LANG_FAEROESE: return "fo_FO";
- case LANG_FARSI: return "fa_IR";
- case LANG_FINNISH: return "fi_FI";
- case LANG_FRENCH:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_FRENCH: return "fr_FR";
- case SUBLANG_FRENCH_BELGIAN: return "fr_BE";
- case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CANADIAN: return "fr_CA";
- case SUBLANG_FRENCH_SWISS: return "fr_CH";
- case SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG: return "fr_LU";
- case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO: return "fr_MC";
- }
- return "fr";
- case LANG_GEORGIAN: return "ka_GE";
- case LANG_GERMAN:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_GERMAN: return "de_DE";
- case SUBLANG_GERMAN_SWISS: return "de_CH";
- case SUBLANG_GERMAN_AUSTRIAN: return "de_AT";
- case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG: return "de_LU";
- case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN: return "de_LI";
- }
- return "de";
- case LANG_GREEK: return "el_GR";
- case LANG_GUJARATI: return "gu_IN";
- case LANG_HEBREW: return "he_IL";
- case LANG_HINDI: return "hi_IN";
- case LANG_HUNGARIAN: return "hu_HU";
- case LANG_ICELANDIC: return "is_IS";
- case LANG_INDONESIAN: return "id_ID";
- case LANG_ITALIAN:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_ITALIAN: return "it_IT";
- case SUBLANG_ITALIAN_SWISS: return "it_CH";
- }
- return "it";
- case LANG_JAPANESE: return "ja_JP";
- case LANG_KANNADA: return "kn_IN";
- case LANG_KASHMIRI:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ks_PK";
- case SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA: return "ks_IN";
- }
- return "ks";
- case LANG_KAZAK: return "kk_KZ";
- case LANG_KONKANI:
- /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */
- return "kok_IN";
- case LANG_KOREAN: return "ko_KR";
- case LANG_LATVIAN: return "lv_LV";
- case LANG_LITHUANIAN: return "lt_LT";
- case LANG_MACEDONIAN: return "mk_MK";
- case LANG_MALAY:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA: return "ms_MY";
- case SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM: return "ms_BN";
- }
- return "ms";
- case LANG_MALAYALAM: return "ml_IN";
- case LANG_MANIPURI:
- /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */
- return "mni_IN";
- case LANG_MARATHI: return "mr_IN";
- case LANG_NEPALI:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ne_NP";
- case SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA: return "ne_IN";
- }
- return "ne";
- case LANG_NORWEGIAN:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL: return "no_NO";
- case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK: return "nn_NO";
- }
- return "no";
- case LANG_ORIYA: return "or_IN";
- case LANG_POLISH: return "pl_PL";
- case LANG_PORTUGUESE:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE: return "pt_PT";
- /* Hmm. SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN == SUBLANG_DEFAULT.
- Same phenomenon as SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. */
- case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN: return "pt_BR";
- }
- return "pt";
- case LANG_PUNJABI: return "pa_IN";
- case LANG_ROMANIAN: return "ro_RO";
- case LANG_RUSSIAN:
- return "ru"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ru_RU" or "ru_UA". */
- case LANG_SANSKRIT: return "sa_IN";
- case LANG_SINDHI: return "sd";
- case LANG_SLOVAK: return "sk_SK";
- case LANG_SLOVENIAN: return "sl_SI";
- case LANG_SORBIAN:
- /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */
- return "wen_DE";
- case LANG_SPANISH:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH: return "es_ES";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MEXICAN: return "es_MX";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MODERN:
- return "es_ES@modern"; /* not seen on Unix */
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA: return "es_GT";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA: return "es_CR";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA: return "es_PA";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC: return "es_DO";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA: return "es_VE";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA: return "es_CO";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU: return "es_PE";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA: return "es_AR";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR: return "es_EC";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE: return "es_CL";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY: return "es_UY";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY: return "es_PY";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA: return "es_BO";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR: return "es_SV";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS: return "es_HN";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA: return "es_NI";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO: return "es_PR";
- }
- return "es";
- case LANG_SWAHILI: return "sw";
- case LANG_SWEDISH:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "sv_SE";
- case SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND: return "sv_FI";
- }
- return "sv";
- case LANG_TAMIL:
- return "ta"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ta_IN" or "ta_LK" or "ta_SG". */
- case LANG_TATAR: return "tt";
- case LANG_TELUGU: return "te_IN";
- case LANG_THAI: return "th_TH";
- case LANG_TURKISH: return "tr_TR";
- case LANG_UKRAINIAN: return "uk_UA";
- case LANG_URDU:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN: return "ur_PK";
- case SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA: return "ur_IN";
- }
- return "ur";
- case LANG_UZBEK:
- switch (sub)
- {
- /* FIXME: Adjust this when Uzbek locales appear on Unix. */
- case SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN: return "uz_UZ@latin";
- case SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC: return "uz_UZ@cyrillic";
- }
- return "uz";
- case LANG_VIETNAMESE: return "vi_VN";
- default: return "C";
- }
-
-#endif
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define __need_NULL
-# include <stddef.h>
-#else
-# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
-# define DCNGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcngettext)
-#else
-# define NGETTEXT ngettext__
-# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
- text). */
-char *
-NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
- const char *msgid1;
- const char *msgid2;
- unsigned long int n;
-{
- return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
-weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* OS/2 compatibility functions.
- Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#define OS2_AWARE
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <sys/param.h>
-
-/* A version of getenv() that works from DLLs */
-extern unsigned long DosScanEnv (const unsigned char *pszName, unsigned char **ppszValue);
-
-char *
-_nl_getenv (const char *name)
-{
- unsigned char *value;
- if (DosScanEnv (name, &value))
- return NULL;
- else
- return value;
-}
-
-/* A fixed size buffer. */
-char _nl_default_dirname__[MAXPATHLEN+1];
-
-char *_nlos2_libdir = NULL;
-char *_nlos2_localealiaspath = NULL;
-char *_nlos2_localedir = NULL;
-
-static __attribute__((constructor)) void
-nlos2_initialize ()
-{
- char *root = getenv ("UNIXROOT");
- char *gnulocaledir = getenv ("GNULOCALEDIR");
-
- _nlos2_libdir = gnulocaledir;
- if (!_nlos2_libdir)
- {
- if (root)
- {
- size_t sl = strlen (root);
- _nlos2_libdir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
- memcpy (_nlos2_libdir, root, sl);
- memcpy (_nlos2_libdir + sl, LIBDIR, strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
- }
- else
- _nlos2_libdir = LIBDIR;
- }
-
- _nlos2_localealiaspath = gnulocaledir;
- if (!_nlos2_localealiaspath)
- {
- if (root)
- {
- size_t sl = strlen (root);
- _nlos2_localealiaspath = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
- memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath, root, sl);
- memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath + sl, LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH, strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
- }
- else
- _nlos2_localealiaspath = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
- }
-
- _nlos2_localedir = gnulocaledir;
- if (!_nlos2_localedir)
- {
- if (root)
- {
- size_t sl = strlen (root);
- _nlos2_localedir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
- memcpy (_nlos2_localedir, root, sl);
- memcpy (_nlos2_localedir + sl, LOCALEDIR, strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
- }
- else
- _nlos2_localedir = LOCALEDIR;
- }
-
- if (strlen (_nlos2_localedir) <= MAXPATHLEN)
- strcpy (_nl_default_dirname__, _nlos2_localedir);
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* OS/2 compatibility defines.
- This file is intended to be included from config.h
- Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-/* When included from os2compat.h we need all the original definitions */
-#ifndef OS2_AWARE
-
-#undef LIBDIR
-#define LIBDIR _nlos2_libdir
-extern char *_nlos2_libdir;
-
-#undef LOCALEDIR
-#define LOCALEDIR _nlos2_localedir
-extern char *_nlos2_localedir;
-
-#undef LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH
-#define LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH _nlos2_localealiaspath
-extern char *_nlos2_localealiaspath;
-
-#endif
-
-#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
-#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
-#define strcasecmp stricmp
-#define strncasecmp strnicmp
-
-/* We have our own getenv() which works even if library is compiled as DLL */
-#define getenv _nl_getenv
-
-/* Older versions of gettext used -1 as the value of LC_MESSAGES */
-#define LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT (-1)
+++ /dev/null
-/* OS dependent parts of libintl.
- Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#if defined __EMX__
-# include "os2compat.c"
-#else
-/* Avoid AIX compiler warning. */
-typedef int dummy;
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
- Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "plural-exp.h"
-
-#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \
- || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
-
-/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
- form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */
-static const struct expression plvar =
-{
- .nargs = 0,
- .operation = var,
-};
-static const struct expression plone =
-{
- .nargs = 0,
- .operation = num,
- .val =
- {
- .num = 1
- }
-};
-struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL =
-{
- .nargs = 2,
- .operation = not_equal,
- .val =
- {
- .args =
- {
- [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
- [1] = (struct expression *) &plone
- }
- }
-};
-
-# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
-
-#else
-
-/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
- Initialization at run-time. */
-
-static struct expression plvar;
-static struct expression plone;
-struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL;
-
-static void
-init_germanic_plural ()
-{
- if (plone.val.num == 0)
- {
- plvar.nargs = 0;
- plvar.operation = var;
-
- plone.nargs = 0;
- plone.operation = num;
- plone.val.num = 1;
-
- GERMANIC_PLURAL.nargs = 2;
- GERMANIC_PLURAL.operation = not_equal;
- GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[0] = &plvar;
- GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[1] = &plone;
- }
-}
-
-# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
-
-#endif
-
-void
-internal_function
-EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, pluralp, npluralsp)
- const char *nullentry;
- struct expression **pluralp;
- unsigned long int *npluralsp;
-{
- if (nullentry != NULL)
- {
- const char *plural;
- const char *nplurals;
-
- plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
- nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
- if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
- goto no_plural;
- else
- {
- char *endp;
- unsigned long int n;
- struct parse_args args;
-
- /* First get the number. */
- nplurals += 9;
- while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char) *nplurals))
- ++nplurals;
- if (!(*nplurals >= '0' && *nplurals <= '9'))
- goto no_plural;
-#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
- n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
-#else
- for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
- n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
-#endif
- if (nplurals == endp)
- goto no_plural;
- *npluralsp = n;
-
- /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
- scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
- passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
- is passed down to the parser. */
- plural += 7;
- args.cp = plural;
- if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
- goto no_plural;
- *pluralp = args.res;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
- for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what
- English is using since English is a Germanic language. */
- no_plural:
- INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
- *pluralp = &GERMANIC_PLURAL;
- *npluralsp = 2;
- }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* Expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection.
- Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H
-#define _PLURAL_EXP_H
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
-# define PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-# define PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef internal_function
-# define internal_function
-#endif
-
-#ifndef attribute_hidden
-# define attribute_hidden
-#endif
-
-
-/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
- plural form. */
-struct expression
-{
- int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */
- enum operator
- {
- /* Without arguments: */
- var, /* The variable "n". */
- num, /* Decimal number. */
- /* Unary operators: */
- lnot, /* Logical NOT. */
- /* Binary operators: */
- mult, /* Multiplication. */
- divide, /* Division. */
- module, /* Modulo operation. */
- plus, /* Addition. */
- minus, /* Subtraction. */
- less_than, /* Comparison. */
- greater_than, /* Comparison. */
- less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
- greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
- equal, /* Comparison for equality. */
- not_equal, /* Comparison for inequality. */
- land, /* Logical AND. */
- lor, /* Logical OR. */
- /* Ternary operators: */
- qmop /* Question mark operator. */
- } operation;
- union
- {
- unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */
- struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */
- } val;
-};
-
-/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
- the result in a thread-safe way. */
-struct parse_args
-{
- const char *cp;
- struct expression *res;
-};
-
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. This source code is used
- 1. in the GNU C Library library,
- 2. in the GNU libintl library,
- 3. in the GNU gettext tools.
- The function names in each situation must be different, to allow for
- binary incompatible changes in 'struct expression'. Furthermore,
- 1. in the GNU C Library library, the names have a __ prefix,
- 2.+3. in the GNU libintl library and in the GNU gettext tools, the names
- must follow ANSI C and not start with __.
- So we have to distinguish the three cases. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
-# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
-# define GERMANIC_PLURAL __gettext_germanic_plural
-# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION __gettext_extract_plural
-#elif defined (IN_LIBINTL)
-# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
-# define PLURAL_PARSE gettextparse__
-# define GERMANIC_PLURAL gettext_germanic_plural__
-# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION gettext_extract_plural__
-#else
-# define FREE_EXPRESSION free_plural_expression
-# define PLURAL_PARSE parse_plural_expression
-# define GERMANIC_PLURAL germanic_plural
-# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression
-#endif
-
-extern void FREE_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
- internal_function;
-extern int PLURAL_PARSE PARAMS ((void *arg));
-extern struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden;
-extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((const char *nullentry,
- struct expression **pluralp,
- unsigned long int *npluralsp))
- internal_function;
-
-#if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL)
-extern unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
- unsigned long int n));
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */
+++ /dev/null
-
-/* A Bison parser, made from plural.y
- by GNU Bison version 1.28 */
-
-#define YYBISON 1 /* Identify Bison output. */
-
-#define yyparse __gettextparse
-#define yylex __gettextlex
-#define yyerror __gettexterror
-#define yylval __gettextlval
-#define yychar __gettextchar
-#define yydebug __gettextdebug
-#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs
-#define EQUOP2 257
-#define CMPOP2 258
-#define ADDOP2 259
-#define MULOP2 260
-#define NUMBER 261
-
-#line 1 "plural.y"
-
-/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
- Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
- declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
- skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
- because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */
-#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
- #pragma alloca
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "plural-exp.h"
-
-/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse,
- but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */
-#ifndef _LIBC
-# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE
-#endif
-
-#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
-
-#line 49 "plural.y"
-typedef union {
- unsigned long int num;
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *exp;
-} YYSTYPE;
-#line 55 "plural.y"
-
-/* Prototypes for local functions. */
-static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
- struct expression * const *args));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
- struct expression *right));
-static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
- struct expression *left,
- struct expression *right));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
- struct expression *bexp,
- struct expression *tbranch,
- struct expression *fbranch));
-static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
-static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
-
-/* Allocation of expressions. */
-
-static struct expression *
-new_exp (nargs, op, args)
- int nargs;
- enum operator op;
- struct expression * const *args;
-{
- int i;
- struct expression *newp;
-
- /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
- for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- if (args[i] == NULL)
- goto fail;
-
- /* Allocate a new expression. */
- newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
- if (newp != NULL)
- {
- newp->nargs = nargs;
- newp->operation = op;
- for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
- return newp;
- }
-
- fail:
- for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_0 (op)
- enum operator op;
-{
- return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_1 (op, right)
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *right;
-{
- struct expression *args[1];
-
- args[0] = right;
- return new_exp (1, op, args);
-}
-
-static struct expression *
-new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *left;
- struct expression *right;
-{
- struct expression *args[2];
-
- args[0] = left;
- args[1] = right;
- return new_exp (2, op, args);
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *bexp;
- struct expression *tbranch;
- struct expression *fbranch;
-{
- struct expression *args[3];
-
- args[0] = bexp;
- args[1] = tbranch;
- args[2] = fbranch;
- return new_exp (3, op, args);
-}
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#ifndef __cplusplus
-#ifndef __STDC__
-#define const
-#endif
-#endif
-
-
-
-#define YYFINAL 27
-#define YYFLAG -32768
-#define YYNTBASE 16
-
-#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18)
-
-static const char yytranslate[] = { 0,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2, 14,
- 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 13,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 6, 7, 8, 9,
- 11
-};
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-static const short yyprhs[] = { 0,
- 0, 2, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 35,
- 37, 39
-};
-
-static const short yyrhs[] = { 17,
- 0, 17, 3, 17, 12, 17, 0, 17, 4, 17,
- 0, 17, 5, 17, 0, 17, 6, 17, 0, 17,
- 7, 17, 0, 17, 8, 17, 0, 17, 9, 17,
- 0, 10, 17, 0, 13, 0, 11, 0, 14, 17,
- 15, 0
-};
-
-#endif
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-static const short yyrline[] = { 0,
- 174, 182, 186, 190, 194, 198, 202, 206, 210, 214,
- 218, 223
-};
-#endif
-
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0 || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE)
-
-static const char * const yytname[] = { "$","error","$undefined.","'?'","'|'",
-"'&'","EQUOP2","CMPOP2","ADDOP2","MULOP2","'!'","NUMBER","':'","'n'","'('","')'",
-"start","exp", NULL
-};
-#endif
-
-static const short yyr1[] = { 0,
- 16, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17,
- 17, 17
-};
-
-static const short yyr2[] = { 0,
- 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, 1,
- 1, 3
-};
-
-static const short yydefact[] = { 0,
- 0, 11, 10, 0, 1, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 0, 3, 4, 5, 6,
- 7, 8, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0
-};
-
-static const short yydefgoto[] = { 25,
- 5
-};
-
-static const short yypact[] = { -9,
- -9,-32768,-32768, -9, 34,-32768, 11, -9, -9, -9,
- -9, -9, -9, -9,-32768, 24, 39, 43, 16, 26,
- -3,-32768, -9, 34, 21, 53,-32768
-};
-
-static const short yypgoto[] = {-32768,
- -1
-};
-
-
-#define YYLAST 53
-
-
-static const short yytable[] = { 6,
- 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 14, 16, 17, 18, 19,
- 20, 21, 22, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,
- 26, 24, 12, 13, 14, 15, 8, 9, 10, 11,
- 12, 13, 14, 13, 14, 23, 8, 9, 10, 11,
- 12, 13, 14, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 11, 12,
- 13, 14, 27
-};
-
-static const short yycheck[] = { 1,
- 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 9, 8, 9, 10, 11,
- 12, 13, 14, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
- 0, 23, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3, 4, 5, 6,
- 7, 8, 9, 8, 9, 12, 3, 4, 5, 6,
- 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 6, 7,
- 8, 9, 0
-};
-#define YYPURE 1
-
-/* -*-C-*- Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines. */
-#line 3 "/usr/local/share/bison.simple"
-/* This file comes from bison-1.28. */
-
-/* Skeleton output parser for bison,
- Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a
- Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction.
- This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation
- in version 1.24 of Bison. */
-
-/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser
- when the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar.
- It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser
- used when %semantic_parser is specified. */
-
-#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#ifdef alloca
-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#else /* alloca not defined */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#define alloca __builtin_alloca
-#else /* not GNU C. */
-#if (!defined (__STDC__) && defined (sparc)) || defined (__sparc__) || defined (__sparc) || defined (__sgi) || (defined (__sun) && defined (__i386))
-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#include <alloca.h>
-#else /* not sparc */
-/* We think this test detects Watcom and Microsoft C. */
-/* This used to test MSDOS, but that is a bad idea
- since that symbol is in the user namespace. */
-#if (defined (_MSDOS) || defined (_MSDOS_)) && !defined (__TURBOC__)
-#if 0 /* No need for malloc.h, which pollutes the namespace;
- instead, just don't use alloca. */
-#include <malloc.h>
-#endif
-#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
-#if defined(_AIX)
-/* I don't know what this was needed for, but it pollutes the namespace.
- So I turned it off. rms, 2 May 1997. */
-/* #include <malloc.h> */
- #pragma alloca
-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__, or _AIX */
-#if 0
-#ifdef __hpux /* haible@ilog.fr says this works for HPUX 9.05 and up,
- and on HPUX 10. Eventually we can turn this on. */
-#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#define alloca __builtin_alloca
-#endif /* __hpux */
-#endif
-#endif /* not _AIX */
-#endif /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
-#endif /* not sparc */
-#endif /* not GNU C */
-#endif /* alloca not defined */
-#endif /* YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA not defined */
-
-#ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
-#else
-#define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc
-#endif
-
-/* Note: there must be only one dollar sign in this file.
- It is replaced by the list of actions, each action
- as one case of the switch. */
-
-#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0)
-#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY)
-#define YYEMPTY -2
-#define YYEOF 0
-#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab
-#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab
-#define YYERROR goto yyerrlab1
-/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror.
- This remains here temporarily to ease the
- transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
- Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */
-#define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab
-#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus)
-#define YYBACKUP(token, value) \
-do \
- if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \
- { yychar = (token), yylval = (value); \
- yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \
- YYPOPSTACK; \
- goto yybackup; \
- } \
- else \
- { yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); YYERROR; } \
-while (0)
-
-#define YYTERROR 1
-#define YYERRCODE 256
-
-#ifndef YYPURE
-#define YYLEX yylex()
-#endif
-
-#ifdef YYPURE
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
-#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM)
-#else
-#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, &yylloc)
-#endif
-#else /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
-#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
-#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM)
-#else
-#define YYLEX yylex(&yylval)
-#endif
-#endif /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
-#endif
-
-/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here */
-
-#ifndef YYPURE
-
-int yychar; /* the lookahead symbol */
-YYSTYPE yylval; /* the semantic value of the */
- /* lookahead symbol */
-
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
-YYLTYPE yylloc; /* location data for the lookahead */
- /* symbol */
-#endif
-
-int yynerrs; /* number of parse errors so far */
-#endif /* not YYPURE */
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
-int yydebug; /* nonzero means print parse trace */
-/* Since this is uninitialized, it does not stop multiple parsers
- from coexisting. */
-#endif
-
-/* YYINITDEPTH indicates the initial size of the parser's stacks */
-
-#ifndef YYINITDEPTH
-#define YYINITDEPTH 200
-#endif
-
-/* YYMAXDEPTH is the maximum size the stacks can grow to
- (effective only if the built-in stack extension method is used). */
-
-#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0
-#undef YYMAXDEPTH
-#endif
-
-#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
-#define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
-#endif
-\f
-/* Define __yy_memcpy. Note that the size argument
- should be passed with type unsigned int, because that is what the non-GCC
- definitions require. With GCC, __builtin_memcpy takes an arg
- of type size_t, but it can handle unsigned int. */
-
-#if __GNUC__ > 1 /* GNU C and GNU C++ define this. */
-#define __yy_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT) __builtin_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT)
-#else /* not GNU C or C++ */
-#ifndef __cplusplus
-
-/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
- in available built-in functions on various systems. */
-static void
-__yy_memcpy (to, from, count)
- char *to;
- char *from;
- unsigned int count;
-{
- register char *f = from;
- register char *t = to;
- register int i = count;
-
- while (i-- > 0)
- *t++ = *f++;
-}
-
-#else /* __cplusplus */
-
-/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
- in available built-in functions on various systems. */
-static void
-__yy_memcpy (char *to, char *from, unsigned int count)
-{
- register char *t = to;
- register char *f = from;
- register int i = count;
-
- while (i-- > 0)
- *t++ = *f++;
-}
-
-#endif
-#endif
-\f
-#line 217 "/usr/local/share/bison.simple"
-
-/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed
- into yyparse. The argument should have type void *.
- It should actually point to an object.
- Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it
- to the proper pointer type. */
-
-#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
-#else /* not __cplusplus */
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
-#endif /* not __cplusplus */
-#else /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
-#endif /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
-
-/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes. */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
-int yyparse (void *);
-#else
-int yyparse (void);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-int
-yyparse(YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG)
- YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
-{
- register int yystate;
- register int yyn;
- register short *yyssp;
- register YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
- int yyerrstatus; /* number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled */
- int yychar1 = 0; /* lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number */
-
- short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the state stack */
- YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the semantic value stack */
-
- short *yyss = yyssa; /* refer to the stacks thru separate pointers */
- YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa; /* to allow yyoverflow to reallocate them elsewhere */
-
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH]; /* the location stack */
- YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa;
- YYLTYPE *yylsp;
-
-#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--)
-#else
-#define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--)
-#endif
-
- int yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
- int yyfree_stacks = 0;
-
-#ifdef YYPURE
- int yychar;
- YYSTYPE yylval;
- int yynerrs;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- YYLTYPE yylloc;
-#endif
-#endif
-
- YYSTYPE yyval; /* the variable used to return */
- /* semantic values from the action */
- /* routines */
-
- int yylen;
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- fprintf(stderr, "Starting parse\n");
-#endif
-
- yystate = 0;
- yyerrstatus = 0;
- yynerrs = 0;
- yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */
-
- /* Initialize stack pointers.
- Waste one element of value and location stack
- so that they stay on the same level as the state stack.
- The wasted elements are never initialized. */
-
- yyssp = yyss - 1;
- yyvsp = yyvs;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- yylsp = yyls;
-#endif
-
-/* Push a new state, which is found in yystate . */
-/* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
- have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks. */
-yynewstate:
-
- *++yyssp = yystate;
-
- if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
- {
- /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack */
- /* Use copies of these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into memory. */
- YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
- short *yyss1 = yyss;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls;
-#endif
-
- /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */
- int size = yyssp - yyss + 1;
-
-#ifdef yyoverflow
- /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of
- the data in use in that stack, in bytes. */
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args,
- but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */
- yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
- &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
- &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
- &yyls1, size * sizeof (*yylsp),
- &yystacksize);
-#else
- yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
- &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
- &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
- &yystacksize);
-#endif
-
- yyss = yyss1; yyvs = yyvs1;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- yyls = yyls1;
-#endif
-#else /* no yyoverflow */
- /* Extend the stack our own way. */
- if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH)
- {
- yyerror("parser stack overflow");
- if (yyfree_stacks)
- {
- free (yyss);
- free (yyvs);
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- free (yyls);
-#endif
- }
- return 2;
- }
- yystacksize *= 2;
- if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH)
- yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
-#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
- yyfree_stacks = 1;
-#endif
- yyss = (short *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyssp));
- __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyss, (char *)yyss1,
- size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyssp));
- yyvs = (YYSTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyvsp));
- __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyvs, (char *)yyvs1,
- size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyvsp));
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- yyls = (YYLTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yylsp));
- __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyls, (char *)yyls1,
- size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yylsp));
-#endif
-#endif /* no yyoverflow */
-
- yyssp = yyss + size - 1;
- yyvsp = yyvs + size - 1;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- yylsp = yyls + size - 1;
-#endif
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- fprintf(stderr, "Stack size increased to %d\n", yystacksize);
-#endif
-
- if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
- YYABORT;
- }
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- fprintf(stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate);
-#endif
-
- goto yybackup;
- yybackup:
-
-/* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */
-/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */
-/* yyresume: */
-
- /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */
-
- yyn = yypact[yystate];
- if (yyn == YYFLAG)
- goto yydefault;
-
- /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */
-
- /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF
- or a valid token in external form. */
-
- if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
- {
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- fprintf(stderr, "Reading a token: ");
-#endif
- yychar = YYLEX;
- }
-
- /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */
-
- if (yychar <= 0) /* This means end of input. */
- {
- yychar1 = 0;
- yychar = YYEOF; /* Don't call YYLEX any more */
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- fprintf(stderr, "Now at end of input.\n");
-#endif
- }
- else
- {
- yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE(yychar);
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- {
- fprintf (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
- /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise meaning
- of a token, for further debugging info. */
-#ifdef YYPRINT
- YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval);
-#endif
- fprintf (stderr, ")\n");
- }
-#endif
- }
-
- yyn += yychar1;
- if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1)
- goto yydefault;
-
- yyn = yytable[yyn];
-
- /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state.
- Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number.
- Positive => shift, yyn is new state.
- New state is final state => don't bother to shift,
- just return success.
- 0, or most negative number => error. */
-
- if (yyn < 0)
- {
- if (yyn == YYFLAG)
- goto yyerrlab;
- yyn = -yyn;
- goto yyreduce;
- }
- else if (yyn == 0)
- goto yyerrlab;
-
- if (yyn == YYFINAL)
- YYACCEPT;
-
- /* Shift the lookahead token. */
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- fprintf(stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
-#endif
-
- /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */
- if (yychar != YYEOF)
- yychar = YYEMPTY;
-
- *++yyvsp = yylval;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- *++yylsp = yylloc;
-#endif
-
- /* count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error status. */
- if (yyerrstatus) yyerrstatus--;
-
- yystate = yyn;
- goto yynewstate;
-
-/* Do the default action for the current state. */
-yydefault:
-
- yyn = yydefact[yystate];
- if (yyn == 0)
- goto yyerrlab;
-
-/* Do a reduction. yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */
-yyreduce:
- yylen = yyr2[yyn];
- if (yylen > 0)
- yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; /* implement default value of the action */
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- {
- int i;
-
- fprintf (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ",
- yyn, yyrline[yyn]);
-
- /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */
- for (i = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[i] > 0; i++)
- fprintf (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[i]]);
- fprintf (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]);
- }
-#endif
-
-
- switch (yyn) {
-
-case 1:
-#line 175 "plural.y"
-{
- if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL)
- YYABORT;
- ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp;
- ;
- break;}
-case 2:
-#line 183 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
- ;
- break;}
-case 3:
-#line 187 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
- ;
- break;}
-case 4:
-#line 191 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
- ;
- break;}
-case 5:
-#line 195 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
- ;
- break;}
-case 6:
-#line 199 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
- ;
- break;}
-case 7:
-#line 203 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
- ;
- break;}
-case 8:
-#line 207 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
- ;
- break;}
-case 9:
-#line 211 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp);
- ;
- break;}
-case 10:
-#line 215 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var);
- ;
- break;}
-case 11:
-#line 219 "plural.y"
-{
- if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
- yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num;
- ;
- break;}
-case 12:
-#line 224 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp;
- ;
- break;}
-}
- /* the action file gets copied in in place of this dollarsign */
-#line 543 "/usr/local/share/bison.simple"
-\f
- yyvsp -= yylen;
- yyssp -= yylen;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- yylsp -= yylen;
-#endif
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- {
- short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
- fprintf (stderr, "state stack now");
- while (ssp1 != yyssp)
- fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
- fprintf (stderr, "\n");
- }
-#endif
-
- *++yyvsp = yyval;
-
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- yylsp++;
- if (yylen == 0)
- {
- yylsp->first_line = yylloc.first_line;
- yylsp->first_column = yylloc.first_column;
- yylsp->last_line = (yylsp-1)->last_line;
- yylsp->last_column = (yylsp-1)->last_column;
- yylsp->text = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- yylsp->last_line = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_line;
- yylsp->last_column = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_column;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Now "shift" the result of the reduction.
- Determine what state that goes to,
- based on the state we popped back to
- and the rule number reduced by. */
-
- yyn = yyr1[yyn];
-
- yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp;
- if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp)
- yystate = yytable[yystate];
- else
- yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE];
-
- goto yynewstate;
-
-yyerrlab: /* here on detecting error */
-
- if (! yyerrstatus)
- /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */
- {
- ++yynerrs;
-
-#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
- yyn = yypact[yystate];
-
- if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST)
- {
- int size = 0;
- char *msg;
- int x, count;
-
- count = 0;
- /* Start X at -yyn if nec to avoid negative indexes in yycheck. */
- for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
- x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
- if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
- size += strlen(yytname[x]) + 15, count++;
- msg = (char *) malloc(size + 15);
- if (msg != 0)
- {
- strcpy(msg, "parse error");
-
- if (count < 5)
- {
- count = 0;
- for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
- x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
- if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
- {
- strcat(msg, count == 0 ? ", expecting `" : " or `");
- strcat(msg, yytname[x]);
- strcat(msg, "'");
- count++;
- }
- }
- yyerror(msg);
- free(msg);
- }
- else
- yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exceeded");
- }
- else
-#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */
- yyerror("parse error");
- }
-
- goto yyerrlab1;
-yyerrlab1: /* here on error raised explicitly by an action */
-
- if (yyerrstatus == 3)
- {
- /* if just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an error, discard it. */
-
- /* return failure if at end of input */
- if (yychar == YYEOF)
- YYABORT;
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- fprintf(stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
-#endif
-
- yychar = YYEMPTY;
- }
-
- /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token
- after shifting the error token. */
-
- yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this */
-
- goto yyerrhandle;
-
-yyerrdefault: /* current state does not do anything special for the error token. */
-
-#if 0
- /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens
- should shift them. */
- yyn = yydefact[yystate]; /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it.*/
- if (yyn) goto yydefault;
-#endif
-
-yyerrpop: /* pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token */
-
- if (yyssp == yyss) YYABORT;
- yyvsp--;
- yystate = *--yyssp;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- yylsp--;
-#endif
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- {
- short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
- fprintf (stderr, "Error: state stack now");
- while (ssp1 != yyssp)
- fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
- fprintf (stderr, "\n");
- }
-#endif
-
-yyerrhandle:
-
- yyn = yypact[yystate];
- if (yyn == YYFLAG)
- goto yyerrdefault;
-
- yyn += YYTERROR;
- if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR)
- goto yyerrdefault;
-
- yyn = yytable[yyn];
- if (yyn < 0)
- {
- if (yyn == YYFLAG)
- goto yyerrpop;
- yyn = -yyn;
- goto yyreduce;
- }
- else if (yyn == 0)
- goto yyerrpop;
-
- if (yyn == YYFINAL)
- YYACCEPT;
-
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- if (yydebug)
- fprintf(stderr, "Shifting error token, ");
-#endif
-
- *++yyvsp = yylval;
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- *++yylsp = yylloc;
-#endif
-
- yystate = yyn;
- goto yynewstate;
-
- yyacceptlab:
- /* YYACCEPT comes here. */
- if (yyfree_stacks)
- {
- free (yyss);
- free (yyvs);
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- free (yyls);
-#endif
- }
- return 0;
-
- yyabortlab:
- /* YYABORT comes here. */
- if (yyfree_stacks)
- {
- free (yyss);
- free (yyvs);
-#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
- free (yyls);
-#endif
- }
- return 1;
-}
-#line 229 "plural.y"
-
-
-void
-internal_function
-FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
- struct expression *exp;
-{
- if (exp == NULL)
- return;
-
- /* Handle the recursive case. */
- switch (exp->nargs)
- {
- case 3:
- FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
- case 2:
- FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
- case 1:
- FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- free (exp);
-}
-
-
-static int
-yylex (lval, pexp)
- YYSTYPE *lval;
- const char **pexp;
-{
- const char *exp = *pexp;
- int result;
-
- while (1)
- {
- if (exp[0] == '\0')
- {
- *pexp = exp;
- return YYEOF;
- }
-
- if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
- break;
-
- ++exp;
- }
-
- result = *exp++;
- switch (result)
- {
- case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
- case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
- {
- unsigned long int n = result - '0';
- while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
- {
- n *= 10;
- n += exp[0] - '0';
- ++exp;
- }
- lval->num = n;
- result = NUMBER;
- }
- break;
-
- case '=':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = equal;
- result = EQUOP2;
- }
- else
- result = YYERRCODE;
- break;
-
- case '!':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = not_equal;
- result = EQUOP2;
- }
- break;
-
- case '&':
- case '|':
- if (exp[0] == result)
- ++exp;
- else
- result = YYERRCODE;
- break;
-
- case '<':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = less_or_equal;
- }
- else
- lval->op = less_than;
- result = CMPOP2;
- break;
-
- case '>':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = greater_or_equal;
- }
- else
- lval->op = greater_than;
- result = CMPOP2;
- break;
-
- case '*':
- lval->op = mult;
- result = MULOP2;
- break;
-
- case '/':
- lval->op = divide;
- result = MULOP2;
- break;
-
- case '%':
- lval->op = module;
- result = MULOP2;
- break;
-
- case '+':
- lval->op = plus;
- result = ADDOP2;
- break;
-
- case '-':
- lval->op = minus;
- result = ADDOP2;
- break;
-
- case 'n':
- case '?':
- case ':':
- case '(':
- case ')':
- /* Nothing, just return the character. */
- break;
-
- case ';':
- case '\n':
- case '\0':
- /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
- --exp;
- result = YYEOF;
- break;
-
- default:
- result = YYERRCODE;
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- --exp;
-#endif
- break;
- }
-
- *pexp = exp;
-
- return result;
-}
-
-
-static void
-yyerror (str)
- const char *str;
-{
- /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
-}
+++ /dev/null
-%{
-/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
- Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
- declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
- skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
- because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */
-#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
- #pragma alloca
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "plural-exp.h"
-
-/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse,
- but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */
-#ifndef _LIBC
-# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE
-#endif
-
-#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
-%}
-%pure_parser
-%expect 7
-
-%union {
- unsigned long int num;
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *exp;
-}
-
-%{
-/* Prototypes for local functions. */
-static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
- struct expression * const *args));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
- struct expression *right));
-static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
- struct expression *left,
- struct expression *right));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
- struct expression *bexp,
- struct expression *tbranch,
- struct expression *fbranch));
-static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
-static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
-
-/* Allocation of expressions. */
-
-static struct expression *
-new_exp (nargs, op, args)
- int nargs;
- enum operator op;
- struct expression * const *args;
-{
- int i;
- struct expression *newp;
-
- /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
- for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- if (args[i] == NULL)
- goto fail;
-
- /* Allocate a new expression. */
- newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
- if (newp != NULL)
- {
- newp->nargs = nargs;
- newp->operation = op;
- for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
- return newp;
- }
-
- fail:
- for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_0 (op)
- enum operator op;
-{
- return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_1 (op, right)
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *right;
-{
- struct expression *args[1];
-
- args[0] = right;
- return new_exp (1, op, args);
-}
-
-static struct expression *
-new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *left;
- struct expression *right;
-{
- struct expression *args[2];
-
- args[0] = left;
- args[1] = right;
- return new_exp (2, op, args);
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *bexp;
- struct expression *tbranch;
- struct expression *fbranch;
-{
- struct expression *args[3];
-
- args[0] = bexp;
- args[1] = tbranch;
- args[2] = fbranch;
- return new_exp (3, op, args);
-}
-
-%}
-
-/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
- precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
- There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
- Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
- token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */
-%right '?' /* ? */
-%left '|' /* || */
-%left '&' /* && */
-%left EQUOP2 /* == != */
-%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */
-%left ADDOP2 /* + - */
-%left MULOP2 /* * / % */
-%right '!' /* ! */
-
-%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
-%token <num> NUMBER
-%type <exp> exp
-
-%%
-
-start: exp
- {
- if ($1 == NULL)
- YYABORT;
- ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
- }
- ;
-
-exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
- }
- | exp '|' exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
- }
- | exp '&' exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
- }
- | exp EQUOP2 exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
- }
- | exp CMPOP2 exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
- }
- | exp ADDOP2 exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
- }
- | exp MULOP2 exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
- }
- | '!' exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
- }
- | 'n'
- {
- $$ = new_exp_0 (var);
- }
- | NUMBER
- {
- if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
- $$->val.num = $1;
- }
- | '(' exp ')'
- {
- $$ = $2;
- }
- ;
-
-%%
-
-void
-internal_function
-FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
- struct expression *exp;
-{
- if (exp == NULL)
- return;
-
- /* Handle the recursive case. */
- switch (exp->nargs)
- {
- case 3:
- FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
- case 2:
- FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
- case 1:
- FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- free (exp);
-}
-
-
-static int
-yylex (lval, pexp)
- YYSTYPE *lval;
- const char **pexp;
-{
- const char *exp = *pexp;
- int result;
-
- while (1)
- {
- if (exp[0] == '\0')
- {
- *pexp = exp;
- return YYEOF;
- }
-
- if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
- break;
-
- ++exp;
- }
-
- result = *exp++;
- switch (result)
- {
- case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
- case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
- {
- unsigned long int n = result - '0';
- while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
- {
- n *= 10;
- n += exp[0] - '0';
- ++exp;
- }
- lval->num = n;
- result = NUMBER;
- }
- break;
-
- case '=':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = equal;
- result = EQUOP2;
- }
- else
- result = YYERRCODE;
- break;
-
- case '!':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = not_equal;
- result = EQUOP2;
- }
- break;
-
- case '&':
- case '|':
- if (exp[0] == result)
- ++exp;
- else
- result = YYERRCODE;
- break;
-
- case '<':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = less_or_equal;
- }
- else
- lval->op = less_than;
- result = CMPOP2;
- break;
-
- case '>':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = greater_or_equal;
- }
- else
- lval->op = greater_than;
- result = CMPOP2;
- break;
-
- case '*':
- lval->op = mult;
- result = MULOP2;
- break;
-
- case '/':
- lval->op = divide;
- result = MULOP2;
- break;
-
- case '%':
- lval->op = module;
- result = MULOP2;
- break;
-
- case '+':
- lval->op = plus;
- result = ADDOP2;
- break;
-
- case '-':
- lval->op = minus;
- result = ADDOP2;
- break;
-
- case 'n':
- case '?':
- case ':':
- case '(':
- case ')':
- /* Nothing, just return the character. */
- break;
-
- case ';':
- case '\n':
- case '\0':
- /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
- --exp;
- result = YYEOF;
- break;
-
- default:
- result = YYERRCODE;
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- --exp;
-#endif
- break;
- }
-
- *pexp = exp;
-
- return result;
-}
-
-
-static void
-yyerror (str)
- const char *str;
-{
- /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
-}
+++ /dev/null
-# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-# USA.
-#
-# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
-#
-/^# Packages using this file: / {
- s/# Packages using this file://
- ta
- :a
- s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
- tb
- s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
- :b
- s/^/# Packages using this file:/
-}
+++ /dev/null
-# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-# USA.
-#
-# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
-#
-/^# Packages using this file: / {
- s/# Packages using this file://
- s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
- s/^/# Packages using this file:/
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
-# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
-#else
-/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
-# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
-#endif
-
-/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
- names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
- using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
-#if !defined _LIBC
-# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
-# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Name of the default text domain. */
-extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden;
-
-/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */
-extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden;
-
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
-# ifndef strdup
-# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
-# endif
-#else
-# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__
-#endif
-
-/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
-__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
-
-/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
- If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
- If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
-char *
-TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
- const char *domainname;
-{
- char *new_domain;
- char *old_domain;
-
- /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */
- if (domainname == NULL)
- return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
-
- __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
-
- old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
-
- /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */
- if (domainname[0] == '\0'
- || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
- {
- _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
- new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
- }
- else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0)
- /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some
- environment variable changed. */
- new_domain = old_domain;
- else
- {
- /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
- will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we
- are out of core. */
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
- new_domain = strdup (domainname);
-#else
- size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
- new_domain = (char *) malloc (len);
- if (new_domain != NULL)
- memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len);
-#endif
-
- if (new_domain != NULL)
- _nl_current_default_domain = new_domain;
- }
-
- /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs
- since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we
- to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */
- if (new_domain != NULL)
- {
- ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
- if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
- free (old_domain);
- }
-
- __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
-
- return new_domain;
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
-weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
-#endif
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-datadir = @datadir@
+datadir = @datarootdir@
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/po
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
-mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/mkinstalldirs" ;; esac`
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
CC = @CC@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
projects / tools / librpm-tizen.git / commitdiff